UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

[X]ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

2020


OR

[  ]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to

Commission File NumberNo. 001-37707

Jensyn Acquisition Corp.


iSUN, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware 47-2150172
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)Number)


800 West Main Street,

400 Avenue D, Suite 204

Freehold, NJ

10
Williston, Vermont
 07728
05495
(Address of principal executive offices)Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(888) 536-7965


(802) 658-3378
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

number)


The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.
4050 Williston Road, Suite 511
South Burlington, VT 05403
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each ClassName of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock, one Right and one WarrantThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per shareThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Warrants exercisable for one-half of one share of Common StockThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Rights, exchangeable into one-tenth of one share of Common StockThe NASDAQ Stock Market LLC


Common Stock, Par Value $0.001
(Title of class)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

NONE


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X]


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [X]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and, (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files)submit). Yes [X] No [  ]


Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and, will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer [  ]
Accelerated filer [  ]
Non-accelerated filer [X]
Smaller reporting company [X]
 
Emerging growth company [X]


If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for completingcomplying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262 (b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes [X] No [  ]

As of June 30, 2018, the

YES ☐ NO ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates as of the registrantJune 30, 2020 was $20,646,903 based upon the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market. Solely for purposes of this calculation, all executive officers and directors of the registrant are considered affiliates.

$19.8 million.


The number of shares of the registrant’sRegistrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 21, 201912, 2021 was 1,819,482.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: None

8,478,584.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
PART I
 

JENSYN ACQUISITION CORP.

Form 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I.
Item 1.
4
Item 1A.
12
Item 1B.
30
Item 2.
30
Item 3.
30
Item 4.
30
   
Item 1.1
Item 1A.Risk Factors.7
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments.22
Item 2.Properties.22
Item 3.Legal Proceedings.22
Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures.22
 
Part II.
Item 5.
2330
Item 6.
2430
Item 7.
2430
Item 7A.
2837
Item 8.
F-137
Item 9.
2968
Item 9A.
2969
Item 9B.
2969
   
Part III. 
Item 10.
3070
Item 11.
3671
Item 12.
3772
Item 13.
3873
Item 14.
4073
Item 15.
4174
Item 16.
78


2

Table of Contents
SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
Investing in our shares of Common Stock involves numerous risks, including the risks described in “Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Below are some of our principal risks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects:

The impact of the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) on general market and economic conditions has yet to be determined and is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We have had an extensive and profitable operating history, with the exception of 2019 and 2020, but it may be difficult to accurately evaluate our future business and prospects.
Our management discovered a material weakness in our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting as required to be implemented by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
We may require substantial additional funding which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise the necessary additional capital, we may be unable to achieve growth of our operations.
A material reduction in the retail price of traditional utility generated electricity or electricity from other sources could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.
Our growth strategy depends on the widespread adoption of solar power technology.
Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.
Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.
Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to help customers arrange financing for such systems.
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of future acquisitions, and integration of these acquisitions may disrupt our business and management.
We may require additional financing to sustain our operations, without which we may not be able to continue operations, and the terms of subsequent financings may adversely impact our stockholders.
The share price of our Common Stock is subject to fluctuation, has been and may continue to be volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors who have purchased shares of our Common Stock.

3

Table of Contents
PART I

Item 1.
Business.

Forward-looking Statements

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking


Statements

This in this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes “forward looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are not historical facts constitute forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include statements relating to industry prospects, our future economic performance including anticipated revenues and involveexpenditures, results of operations or financial position, and other financial items, our business plans and objectives, and may include certain assumptions that underlie forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements include, among other things, those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report.


These risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expected and projected. Wordsinclude but are not limited to:

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business;
our limited operating history;
our ability to raise additional capital to meet our objectives;
our ability to compete in the solar power industry;
our ability to sell solar power systems;
our ability to arrange financing for our customers;
government incentive programs related to solar energy;
our ability to increase the size of our company and manage growth;
our ability to acquire and integrate other businesses;
disruptions to our supply chain from protective tariffs on imported components, supply shortages and/or fluctuations in pricing;
our ability or inability to attract and/or retain competent employees;
relationships with employees, consultants, customers, and suppliers; and
the concentration of our business in one industry in limited geographic areas;

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “expects”, “believes”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “estimates”, “seeks”, “may”, “should”, “outlook”, “forecast”“may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

These statements are subject to business and variationseconomic risk and similar wordsreflect management’s current expectations and expressionsinvolve subjects that are intendedinherently uncertain and difficult to identify such forward looking statements, but these words are not the exclusive means of identifying forward-looking statements. Such forward looking statements relate to futurepredict. Actual events or future performance, but reflect Jensyn Acquisition Corp. management’s current beliefs, based on information currently available. A numberresults may differ materially. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of factors could cause actual events, performance or resultsthese statements. We are under no duty to differ materially from the events, performance and results discussed in the forward looking statements. For information identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward looking statements, please refer to Item 1A, “Risk Factors”. References to “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” are to Jensyn Acquisition Corp., except where context requires otherwise. The Company’s securities filings can be accessed on the EDGAR sectionupdate any of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s website at www.sec.gov. Except as expressly required by applicable securities law,forward-looking statements after the Company disclaims any intention or obligationdate of this Annual Report to update or revise any forward lookingconform these statements whether as a resultto actual results.

4

Table of new information, future events or otherwise.

ContentsPart I

Item 1.

Business

Introduction

Jensyn Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware Introduction/Summary


We were originally formed on October 8, 2014 as a blank check company whose objective is to acquire, throughunder the name Jensyn Acquisition Corp. for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination, with one or more target businesses (a “Business Combination”or entities. On June 20, 2019, we completed a business combination (the “Reverse Merger and Recapitalization”) pursuant to which we acquired Peck Electric Co. (“Peck Electric”). At December 31, 2018,The Business Combination was a reverse merger treated as a recapitalization and that Peck Electric was deemed the accounting acquirer and takes over the historical information for the Company. Following the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, we became known as The Peck Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activityHoldings, Inc. We conducted all of our business operations exclusively through December 31, 2018 relatesour wholly owned subsidiary, Peck Electric, until January 19, 2021.

On January 19, 2021, we completed a business combination (the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which we acquired iSun Energy LLC (“iSun Energy, LLC”). The Business Combination was an acquisition treated as a merger and reorganization and that iSun Energy, LLC became a wholly owned subsidiary of The Peck Company Holdings, Inc. Following the Merger Agreement, we changed our name to iSun, Inc. (formerly The Peck Company Holdings, Inc,) We now conduct all of our business operations exclusively through our wholly owned subsidiaries, Peck Electric and iSun Energy, LLC.

We are one of the largest commercial solar engineering, procurement and construction (“EPC”) companies in the country and are expanding across the Northeastern United States. We were a second-generation family business founded under the name Peck Electric Co. in 1972 as a traditional electrical contractor. Our core values were and still are to align people, purpose, and profitability, and since taking leadership in 1994, Jeffrey Peck, our Chief Executive Officer, has applied such core values to expand into the solar industry. Today, we are guided by the mission to facilitate the reduction of carbon emissions through the expansion of clean, renewable energy and we believe that leveraging such core values to deploy resources toward profitable business is the only sustainable strategy to achieve these objectives.

The world recognizes the need to transition to a reliable, renewable energy grid in the next 50 years. Vermont and Hawaii are leading the way in the U.S. with renewable energy goals of 75% by 2032 and 100% by 2045, respectively. California committed to 100% carbon-free energy by 2045. The majority of the other states in the U.S. also have renewable energy goals, regardless of current Federal solar policy. We are a member of Renewable Energy Vermont, an organization that advocates for clean, practical and renewable solar energy. We intend to use near-term incentives to take advantage of long-term, sustainable energy transformation with a commitment to the Company’s formation,environment and to our shareholders. Our triple bottom line, which is geared towards people, environment, and profit, has always been our guide since we began installing renewable energy and we intend that it remain our guide over the next 50 years as we construct our energy future.

We primarily provide EPC services to solar energy customers for projects ranging in size from several kilowatts for residential loads to multi-megawatt systems for large commercial and utility projects. To date, we have installed over 125 megawatts of solar systems since inception and are focused on profitable growth opportunities. We believe that we are well-positioned for what we believe to be the coming transformation to an all renewable energy economy. As a result of the completion of the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, we have now opened our family company to the public offering described below,market as part of our strategic growth plan. We are expanding across the Northeastern United States to serve the fast-growing demand for clean renewable energy. We are open to partnering with others to accelerate our growth process, and searchwe are expanding our portfolio of company-owned solar arrays to establish recurring revenue streams for many years to come. We have established a leading presence in the market after five decades of successfully serving our customers, and we are now ready for new opportunities and the next five decades of success.

We manage our business through our construction operations and offer our EPC services and products consisting of solar, electrical and data installations. Approximately 80% of our revenue is derived from our solar EPC business, approximately 18% of revenue is derived from our electrical and data business and approximately 2% of revenue is currently derived from recurring revenue of Company-owned solar arrays. Recently our growth has been derived by increasing our solar customer base starting in 2013 and by continuing to serve the needs of existing electrical and data customers. We have installed some of the largest commercial and utility-scale solar arrays in the State of Vermont. Our union crews are expert constructors, and union access to an additional workforce makes us ready for rapid expansion to other states while maintaining control of operating costs. The skillset provided by our workforce is transferrable among our service offerings depending on current demand.

We also make investments in solar development projects and currently own approximately three megawatts of operating solar arrays operating under long-term power purchase agreements. These long-term recurring revenue streams, combined with our in-house development and construction capabilities, make this asset class a strategic long-term investment opportunity for us.

We have a three-pronged growth strategy that includes (1) organic expansion across the Northeastern United States, (2) conducting accretive merger and acquisition target. transactions to expand geographically, and (3) investing into Company-owned solar assets.

5

Table of Contents
Consummation of the Business Combinations

On February 26, 2019,January 19, 2021, the Company entered into an agreement with respect toAgreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among the Company, Peck Mercury, Inc., a proposed business combination with Peck Electric Co. (the “Peck Electric Business Combination”). See “Proposed Business Combination” below.

Company History

On March 7, 2016, we consummated our initial public offering (the “Public Offering”) of 3,900,000 units (“Units”). Each Unit consists of one share of Common Stock, one right (“Right”) to purchase one-tenth (1/10) of one share of Common Stock upon consummation of an initial business combination (a “Business Combination”)Delaware corporation and one warrant (“Warrant”) to purchase one-half of one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per full share. The Units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $39,000,000.

Simultaneously with the consummationwholly-owned subsidiary of the Public Offering, we consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 275,000 Units to Jensyn Capital, LLC, an entity controlled by our insiders, and 19,500 Units to Chardan Capital Markets, LLC, the representative of the underwriters of the Public Offering (“Chardan”Company (the “Merger Sub”), at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating total proceeds of $2,945,000. The Units issued to Jensyn Capital, LLC and Chardan (the “Private Units”) consist of one share of Common Stock (“Private Shares”), one Right (“Private Right”) to purchase one-tenth (1/10) of one share of Common Stock upon consummation of a Business Combination and one Warrant (“Private Warrant”) to purchase one-half of one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per full share.

A total of $40,365,000 of the net proceeds from the Public Offering and the Private Placement were placed in a trust account established for the benefit of the Company’s public stockholders at JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Trust Account”), with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. Except for the withdrawal of interest to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of the completion of a Business Combination or the redemption of 100% of the Public Shares if the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination within the required timeframe.

Under thetermsof our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we had until the 18 month anniversary of our Public Offering to complete our initial Business Combination, subject to our right to extend such date by two additional three month periods by the deposit of an additional $200,000 into the trust account with respect to each three month period. On each of September 6, 2017 and December 6, 2017, Jensyn Capital, LLC, a company controlled by our initial stockholders, deposited a $200,000 extension fee in the Trust Account. In connection with each of these transactions, we issued unsecured promissory notes to Jensyn Capital, LLC which bear interest at a rate of 8% per annum and become due upon the completion of our initial business combination.

On November 3, 2017, we entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with BAEiSun Energy Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“BAE”iSun Energy, LLC”), the sole member of which was Sassoon M. Peress (“Peress”), and Peress, pursuant to which the Merger Sub merged with and into iSun Energy LLC (the “Merger”) and its owners, Victor Ferreira and Karen Ferreira (the “Existing Members”).

On March 5, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extendedwith iSun Energy LLC as the date by which we must complete our initial business combination to June 5, 2018.Stockholders holding an aggregate of 1,825,506 shares of common stock exercised their right to convert their shares into cash in connection with the extension. In addition, Jensyn Capital, LLC contributed an additional $.09surviving company in the trust account for each public share that was not converted ($186,704 in total), leaving approximately $22,030,102 of cash in trust after giving effect to the conversionsMerger and the deposit. The deposit increased funds available in Trust Account for the conversion of shares in connection with a Business Combination or a liquidation from approximately $10.53 per share on March 5, 2018 to approximately $10.62 per share.

On April 27, 2018, the Company announced that it had received a letter from BAE purporting to terminate the Purchase Agreement as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement having not been completed by March 7, 2018. The Company has acknowledged receipt of the letter and advised BAE that it is reserving all rights with respect to the purported termination, including its rights to reject the termination and pursue remedies for breach of the Purchase Agreement by BAE and the Existing Members as a result of their failure to use reasonable efforts to take actions required to complete the Business Combination on a timely basis.

On June 4, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extended the date by which we must complete our initial business combination from June 5, 2018 to September 3, 2018. In addition, stockholders holding an aggregate of 1,244,227 shares of common stock exercised their right to convert their shares into an aggregate $13,264,953 of cash in connection with the extension, leaving approximately $8,829,485 of cash in trust after giving effect to the conversions. In connection with this stockholder vote, an additional $.126 per share ($104,614 in total) was deposited into the Trust Account. This deposit increased the funds in the Trust Account to $10.83 per share as of September 30, 2018.

On August 15, 2018, we entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the “HEFA Exchange Agreement”) with Oneness Global, an e-commerce company based in China that operates under the name HEFA Global, and its stockholders. The HEFA Exchange Agreement provided that the stockholders of Oneness Global would exchange all of their shares of capital stock in Oneness Global for shares of our common stock and Oneness Global would become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

On August 29, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extended the date by which we must complete our initial business combination from September 3, 2018 to January 3, 2019. Stockholders holding an aggregate of 94,200 shares of common stock exercised their right to convert shares into cash in connection with the extension and approximately $1,019,791 was disbursed from the Trust Account to fund the redemptions. We agreed that an additional $.042 per month for a period of four months would be contributed to the Trust Account for each public share that was not converted into cash in connection with the August 29, 2018 special meeting of stockholders, thus totaling an additional $0.168 per share for the four-month period ended January 3, 2019. These deposits increased the funds in the Trust Account to approximately $11.00 per share at January 3, 2019.

In October 2018, we terminated the HEFA Exchange Agreement due to the breach of certain representations, warranties and covenants of Oneness Global contained in the HEFA Exchange Agreement. We have demanded that Oneness Global pay us the $2,500,000 termination fee provided for in the HEFA Exchange Agreement. No assurance can be given we will be able to collect the termination fee. This termination fee is unrelated to the $700,000 received from Oneness Global for Company expenses in 2018.

On January 2, 2019, our stockholders approved an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extended the date by which we must complete our initial business combination from January 3, 2019 to July 2, 2019. Stockholders holding an aggregate of 186,085 of shares of common stock exercised their right to convert shares into cash in connection with the extension and approximately $2,049,380 was disbursed from the Trust Account to fund the redemptions. Jensyn Capital,iSun Energy LLC has agreed to contribute $.05 per month to the Trust Account during the period beginning on January 4, 2019 and ending on the earlier of July 2, 2019 or the date that we complete our initial Business Combination for each public share that was not converted into cash at the special meeting of stockholders held on January 3, 2019. If a Business Combination is not completed by July 2, 2019, this contribution will increase funds available in the Trust Account for the conversion of shares from approximately $11.00 per share on January 3, 2019 to approximately $11.31 per share at July 2, 2019.

Proposed Business Combination

On February 26, 2019, we entered a Share Exchange Agreement with Peck Electric Co. (“Peck Electric”) and its stockholders (the “Peck Stockholders”). Upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, the Peck Stockholders will exchange their shares of capital stock in Peck Electric for 3,234,501 shares of our common stock (the “Share Exchange”), representing approximately 59% of our outstanding shares after giving effect to the Share Exchange. As a result of the Share Exchange, Peck Electric will becomebecoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

In the event that Peck Electric’s Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) for the twelve month period commencing on the first day of the first full calendar quarter following the Closing (the “Earnout Period”) is $5,000,000 or more (the “Adjusted EBITDA Target”) or the closing priceconnection with Merger, Peress will receive 400,000 shares of the Company’s common stock is $12.00 or more per share at any time during the Earnout Period (the “Stock Price Target”), then we will issue 898,473Common Stock over five years, 200,000 shares of our common stockwhich were issued at the closing, warrants to the Peck Stockholders and issue to certain of the stockholders (the “Principal Stockholders”) of the Company and an advisor a number of shares of our Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock forfeited by such stockholders to the extent that such shares are used to satisfy our obligations or to induce investors to make an equity investment in the Company at or prior to the Closing as described below.

By separate agreement, the Principal Stockholders have agreed to forfeit (i)purchase up to 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the ClosingCommon Stock, and up to the extent that such shares are used to satisfy our obligations or to induce investors to make an equity investment in the Company at or prior to the Closing and (ii) 200,000240,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock based on certain performance milestones.


iSun Energy LLC offers products and services designed to support the growing electric vehicle and smart city markets. The flagship iSun Energy & Mobility Hub is the result of 30 years of passion, dedication, and innovation through sustainability. The iSun solar EV carport charging systems incorporate solar panels to charge electric vehicles while providing unparalleled software insights into data surrounding the energy produced, consumed, air quality effects and other key metrics. The iSun Oasis Smart Solar Bench is expected to be an integral part in developing smart cities and campuses and has the ability to charge any mobile device through integrated solar panels that collect and store energy throughout the day. iSun’s accompanying data platform allows for monitoring and analysis of key metrics through built in IoT (Internet of Things) sensors. The platform also affords both physical and digital advertising and branding, for additional recurring revenue opportunities. iSun’s Augmented Reality 3D software platform helps clients visualize their projects before they are built, making it easy for our common stock if neitherclients to adopt sustainable solutions and to understand their impact on sustainability.

As disclosed on our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Adjusted EBITDA Target orSEC on June 26, 2019, on June 20, 2019 (the “Closing Date”), the Stock Price Target is achieved duringCompany consummated the Earnout Period.

Atpreviously announced business combination (the “Reverse Merger and Recapitalization”) following a Special Meeting of its Stockholders held on June 19, 2019 (the “Special Meeting”), where the time that we seek approvalstockholders of the Company considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt that certain Share Exchange from ourAgreement, dated as of February 26, 2019 (the “Exchange Agreement”), by and among Jensyn, Peck Electric Co., a Vermont corporation (“Peck Electric”), and Peck Electric’s stockholders we will offer our public shareholders(the “Stockholders”). “Jensyn” refers to the opportunityCompany prior to convert their shares for cash upon the closing of the Share Exchange in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the funds held in the Trust Account that holds the proceeds of our initial public offering as provided by our amendedReverse Merger and restated certificate of incorporation.

The closing of the Share Exchange is subject to a number of conditions, including the approval of the Share Exchange by our Board of Directors and stockholders, our reasonable satisfactionRecapitalization (the “Closing”). In connection with the results of our due diligence investigation of Peck ElectricClosing and our receipt of an opinion from an investment banking firm thatpursuant to the transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to our stockholders In addition,Exchange Agreement, among other things, the Company andchanged its name from “Jensyn Acquisition Corp.” to “The Peck Electric must have combined net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 after the Closing.

The senior management of Peck Electric will replace our existing management team following the closing of the Share Exchange. Company Holdings, Inc.”


In addition, it is anticipated that at the time that we seek approval of the Share Exchange by our stockholders, our stockholders will be asked to elect a new Board of Directors. The nominees will be three individuals designated by Peck Electric and two individuals designated by the Company.

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business until we complete a Business Combination. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of the Public Offering and the Private Placement, our capital stock, debt or a combination of these in effecting our initial Business Combination. At this time we are not pursuing any Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination. As a result of our limited resources, we expect to effect only a single Business Combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

Pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, our initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the value of the funds in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriter’s fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial Business Combination. We believe that the Peck Electric Business Combination meets this requirement. If we pursue a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination, we may structure a Business Combination with one or more target businesses whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the Trust Account balance. We may structure a Business Combination where we merge directlyconnection with the target business or where we acquire less than 100%Closing, Jensyn issued 3,234,501 shares of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise owns or acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders priorJensyn’s Common Stock to the Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new sharesStockholders in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stockequity securities of Peck Electric, and Peck Electric became a target. In this case, we would acquirewholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.


The Company redeemed a 100% controlling interest in the target. The Share Exchange Agreement contemplates that we will issuetotal of 492,037 shares of our common stockits Common Stock pursuant to the stockholders of Peck Electric.

Stockholder Approval of Business Combination

In connection with the proposed Peck Electric Business Combination, we will seek stockholder approvalterms of the Peck Electric Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public stockholders (but not our insiders, officers or directors) may seek to convert their shares of Common Stock, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination, into a portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account.

We will consummate our initial Business Combination only if public stockholders do not exercise conversion rights in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets upon the closing of the Business Combination to be less than $5,000,001 and a majority of our outstanding public shares of Common Stock are voted in favor of the Business Combination. At December 31, 2018 our net tangible assets were approximately $4,636,000. We expect that as a result of: a) the net tangible assets acquired as part of a Business Combination, (b) Company liabilities converted to equity, (c) new equity capital raised, or a combination thereof, will result in the net tangible assets of the Company being greater than $5,000,001. Therefore, we could still consummate a proposed Business Combination regardless of the number of common shares redeemed so long as a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favor of the proposed Business Combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where stockholders are offered the right to convert their shares only when they vote against a proposed Business Combination. This threshold and the ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of a proposed Business Combination may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial Business Combination. If we pursue a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination, the actual percentage will only be able to be determined once a target business is located and we can assess all of the assets and liabilities of the combined company (which would include the fee payable to Chardan in an amount equal to 2.0% of the total gross proceeds raised in the Public Offering as described elsewhere in this Annual Report, any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and Business Combinations that have not been repaid at that time, as well as any other liabilities of ours and the liabilities of the target business) upon consummation of the proposed Business Combination, subject to the requirement that we must have at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets upon closing of such Business Combination. As a result, the actual percentages of shares that can be converted may be significantly lower than our estimates. We chose our net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure that we would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. However, if we seek to consummate an initial Business Combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the Trust Account upon consummation of such initial Business Combination, our net tangible asset threshold may limit our ability to consummate such initial Business Combination (as we may be required to have a lesser number of shares converted) and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. Alternatively, we may not be able to consummate a Business Combination unless the combined net tangible assets are greater than $5,000,001 as indicated above. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such initial Business Combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. Public stockholders may therefore have to wait until after July 2, 2019 in order to be able to receive a portion of the Trust Account.

Our insiders, officers and directors have agreed (1) to vote any shares of Common Stock owned by them in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (2) not to convert any shares of Common Stock into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial Business Combination or a vote to amend the provisions of ourCompany’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relatingresulting in a total payment to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity or (3) not sell anyredeeming stockholders of $5,510,814.


In connection with the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, the Company issued 493,299 shares of Common Stock in any tender in connection with a proposed initial Business Combination.

Noneexchange for the cancellation of our officers, directors,approximately $5,618,675 of obligations and, as contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, certain insiders orand their affiliates has indicated any intentiontransferees  agreed to forfeit and cancel 281,758 shares of Common Stock.


6

Table of Contents
Upon the Closing and after giving effect to the issuances, redemptions and forfeitures of Common Stock described above, and the conversion of 4,194,500 rights to purchase Units orCommon Stock into 419,450 shares of Common Stock, in the open market or in private transactions. However, if we hold a meeting to approve a proposed Business Combination and a significant number of stockholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against such proposed Business Combination, our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers, directors, insiders or their affiliates will not make purchases of shares of Common Stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act.

Conversion Rights

At any meeting called to approve an initial Business Combination, including the Peck Electric Business Combination, any public stockholder, whether voting for or against such proposed Business Combination, will be entitled to demand that his or her shares of Common Stock be converted for a full pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (approximately $11.20 per share as of March 21, 2019), plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us or necessary to pay our taxes. Alternatively, if we pursue a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination, we may provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares of our Common Stock to us through a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of his or hers, or any other person with whom he or she is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to 20% or more of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Public Offering. Such a public stockholder would still be entitled to vote against a proposed Business Combination with respect to all shares of Common Stock owned by him or her, or his or her affiliates. We believe this restriction will prevent stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares before the vote held to approve a proposed Business Combination and attempt to use the conversion right as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then current market price. By limiting a stockholder’s ability to convert no more than 20% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Public Offering, we believe we have limited the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block a transaction which is favored by our other public stockholders.

None of our insiders, officers or directors will have the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial Business Combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity with respect to any shares of Common Stock owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to the Offering or purchased by them in the Offering or in the aftermarket.

We may also require public stockholders who wish to convert, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent at any time through the vote on the business combination or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to stockholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a stockholder would have from the time the stockholder received our proxy statement through the vote on the Business Combination to deliver his or her shares if he or she wishes to seek to exercise his or her conversion rights. Under Delaware law and our bylaws, we are required to provide at least 10 days advance notice of any stockholder meeting, which would be the minimum amount of time a public stockholder would have to determine whether to exercise conversion rights.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced delivery process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders to deliver their shares prior to the vote on the Business Combination in order to exercise conversion rights. This is because a holder would need to deliver shares to exercise conversion rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, in the event we require stockholders to deliver their shares prior to the vote on the proposed Business Combination and the proposed Business Combination is not consummated, this may result in an increased cost to stockholders.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. Traditionally, in order to perfect conversion rights in connection with a blank check company’s business combination, the company would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her conversion rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the conversion rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become a “continuing” right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a holder’s election to convert his or her shares is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to convert such shares once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote on the proposed Business Combination. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered his or her certificate in connection with an election of their conversion and subsequently decides prior to the vote on the proposed Business Combination not to elect to exercise such rights, he or she may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

If the initial Business Combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their conversion rights would not be entitled to convert their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any shares delivered by public holders.

Liquidation if No Business Combination

If we do not complete a Business Combination by July 2, 2019, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. At such time, the Rights and Warrants will expire, holders of Rights and Warrants will receive nothing upon a liquidation with respect to such Rights and Warrants, respectively, and the Rights and Warrants will be worthless. If we do not complete a Business Combination within the required time period, only holders of shares issued in our Public Offering will be entitled to receive redemption proceeds from the Trust Account, and it is likely that shares initially issued in private transactions will be worthless.

Competition

If we succeed in completing a Business Combination with Peck Electric Co., there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from its competitors. We cannot assure you that if the Peck Electric Business Combination is completed, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively. Information regarding Peck Electric Co.’s competition will be contained in the proxy statement mailed to stockholders in connection with the Peck Electric Business Combination. Prior to completing a Business Combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there may be numerous potential target businesses that we could complete a Business Combination with utilizing the net proceeds of the Public Offering, our ability to compete in completing a Business Combination with certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources.

The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:

were:


our obligation to seek stockholder approval of our initial Business Combination or engage in a tender offer may delay the completion of a transaction;
our obligation to convertwarrants exercisable for 2,097,250 shares of Common Stock, held by our public stockholders may reduceconsisting of 3,900,000 warrants originally sold as part of units in the resources available to us for our initial Business Combination;
our outstanding Rights, WarrantsJensyn IPO and unit purchase options, and the potential future dilution they represent;
our obligation to ensure that if we enter into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders294,500 warrants sold as part of the Common Stock will receiveunits issued in a private placement simultaneously with the transaction on an as-converted into Common Stock basis (for instance, ifconsummation of the Business Combination would result in eachJensyn IPO. Each warrant entitled its holder to purchase one-half of one share of Common Stock outstanding being exchangedat an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share).


Warrants exercisable for two195,000 shares of Common Stock, each right would resultconsisting of 390,000 warrants originally sold as part of Firm Units in the IPO. Each warrant entitled its holder receiving two-tenths (2/to purchase one-half of one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share).


Purchase option for 390,000 Units was originally sold as part of the IPO. Each Unit has an exercise price of $12.00 per Unit and consists of the following:


One share of Common Stock


One right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a share of Common Stock issued upon consummationexercise of such Business Combination);the Unit


our obligationOne warrant entitling its holder to pay the deferred underwriting commission to Chardan Capital Markets, LLC (“Chardan”) upon consummationpurchase one-half of our initial Business Combination;
our obligation to either repay or issue Private Units upon conversionone share of up to $1,700,000 of working capital loans that may be made to us by our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates;
our obligation to register the resale of the shares of our Common Stock held by our insiders and their transferees (the “Insider Shares”), as well as the Private Units (and underlying securities) and any shares issued to our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates upon conversionat an exercise price of working capital loans; and
the impact on the target business’ assets as a result of unknown liabilities under the securities laws or otherwise depending on developments involving us prior to the consummation of a Business Combination.$5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share).

Any


Prior to the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, we were a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). As a result of the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, we have ceased to be a “shell company” and have continued the existing business operations of the Company as a publicly traded company under the name “iSun, Inc.” (formerly The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.). The business combination was a reverse merger treated as a recapitalization and that, Peck Electric was deemed the accounting acquirer and took over the historical information for the Company.

Market Overview

We believe that a global energy transformation is occurring now as the world shifts from fossil fuels to clean renewable energy. Technology is available with proven reliability and low enough cost to allow widespread adoption. Bloomberg New Energy Finance is a leading provider of primary research on clean energy, advanced transport, digital industry, innovative materials, and commodities. Their annual summit in New York in March 2019 included many discussions by leaders that corroborate the long-term growth opportunities around the clean energy transformation well underway now and through 2050.

The solar industry is positioned for rapid growth. More than 80% of Peck Electric’s revenue mix is from solar array installations. Industry reports forecast a sharp acceleration in solar installations through 2050, and the US Energy Information Association noted in its 2019 outlook that it expects solar energy production to reach 48% of the overall mix of renewable energy production by 2050, from just 13% in 2018. The drivers of this acceleration include the declining cost of solar array equipment, a heightened focus on clean renewable energy production, and the consistent increase in demand of electric energy. We are uniquely positioned to benefit from this rapid escalation in solar array installations, given our 47-year history as a full service electric contractor and our existing, highly scalable and historically profitable solar installation business in Vermont.

7

Table of Contents
Strategically positioned geographically in the Northeastern United States. We have historically operated exclusively in Vermont, which is one of the most attractive states for investment in solar arrays, with industry analysis suggesting over a 14% internal rate of return (“IRR”) on solar investment in the state and an 8-year project payback. Almost the entirety of the Northeast region of the country is ranked in the top 10 markets based on return metrics to the array owner, including the top 3 markets which include Massachusetts (1), New Jersey (2), and Rhode Island (3), in addition to New York, which is the largest regional market and ranked 8th. By leveraging our existing infrastructure and labor relationships with the IBEW, we are uniquely positioned to expand into these important addressable markets with limited investment in additional infrastructure or capital equipment.

Our capabilities allow for expansion into high-growth adjacent markets. We hold a rich history as a business in operation in Vermont for 47 years. We began operations as a traditional electric contractor and hold a wide range of capabilities to install electric equipment for a variety of end uses. Today, these core capabilities have developed our business in solar array installation, traditional electric, and data services. We can deploy these capabilities to other large, rapidly growing clean/renewable end markets; namely electric vehicle (“EV”) charging stations and energy storage. The rapid proliferation of EV charging stations has followed the shift in auto sales to electronic vehicles, and the EV charging market is expected to expand to over $30 billion by 2024 with a CAGR of 40% over the 5-year period. Energy storage measured by megawatts expanded by 44% year-over-year in 2018 and is projected to grow into a $4.7 billion market by 2024. Both of these factors may placemarkets represent adjacent, high growth expansion opportunities for us, atand both require minimal investment of resources, infrastructure or capital spend given its complementary nature to our existing capabilities.

Strategy

Our strategic areas for growth include (1) organic growth by leveraging existing relationships to expand across the Northeast (2) accretive mergers and acquisitions of profitable businesses to expand geographic footprint, capabilities, and cash flow, and (3) investment into solar arrays that produce a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiatingsteady stream of recurring revenue.

Organic growth from our initial Business Combination.existing customers will come from national developers requesting EPC services for project sizes ranging from the residential to the utility scale. The ideal project size range for us is from 100 kilowatts to 10 megawatts, which is considered commercial to small utility and is where the scale, margin, and risk are optimized. In addition, we can remain opportunistic for smaller residential projects when marketing costs are minimized or for larger utility projects when margins can be preserved.

Accretive mergers and acquisitions activity is an important focus for us in order to accelerate revenue growth and cash flow. While geographic expansion is prioritized for the Northeastern United States, prudent acquisitions in other geographies will also be considered depending on the strategic fit and profitability characteristics.

The goal of solar array asset investments is long-term recurring revenue from the sale of power produced by the array asset. Our EPC capabilities provide the Company with a unique investment opportunity in the renewable energy space because we can enter the solar array value chain at any scale or stage. De-risked fully-operational solar arrays with reliable off-takers can be purchased by and operated by us. We believe that, at this end-stage, an IRR may be achieved in the range of 9% to 13%. However, higher returns of up to 20% IRR may be achieved with prudent investments in developed projects with permitting and off-takers that only require construction by the EPC. Further, returns of 20% IRR or more may be achieved if we develop a project internally with a low-risk, long-term off-taker. We believe we have the Business Combinationflexibility and capability to be opportunistic about prudent solar array asset investments at any stage.

8

Table of Contents
Employees

As of March 12, 2021, we employed approximately 150 full-time employees. We may also utilize outside subcontractors to assist with Peck Electricinstalling solar systems for our commercial and residential customers. Our direct installation labor is a combination of employees and contract labor.

We have direct access to unionized labor, which provides a unique advantage for growth, because workforce resources can be scaled efficiently utilizing local labor unions in other states to meet specific project needs in other states without increasing fixed labor costs for us.

Financing

To promote sales, we assist customers in obtaining financing options. Our objective is to arrange the most flexible terms that meet the needs and wants of the customer. Although we do not completed,directly provide financing, we have relationships to arrange financing with numerous private and public sources, including the Vermont State Employees Credit Union, which offers VGreen financing to maximize solar investment savings.

We believe it is unlikelybest for customers to own their own systems, but some customers prefer not to own their systems. We also have the ability to arrange financing with third parties through power purchase agreements and leases for our customers.

Suppliers

We purchase solar panels, inverters and materials directly from multiple manufacturers and through distributors. We intend to further coordinate purchases and optimize supply relationships to realize the advantages of greater scale.

If one or more of our suppliers fail to meet our supply needs, ceases or reduces production due to its financial condition, acquisition by a competitor or otherwise, it may be difficult to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and our ability to satisfy this demand may be adversely affected. We do not, however, rely on any single supplier and our management believes that we will have sufficient time to negotiatecan obtain needed solar panels and complete another Business Combination by July 2, 2019. Anymaterials from a number of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a Business Combination.

Facilities

different suppliers. Accordingly, we believe that the loss of any single supplier would not materially affect our business.


We currently maintain our principal executive offices at 800 West Main Street, Suite 204, Freehold, New Jersey 07728. The costalso utilize strategic companies with subcontractors for this space is included in the $10,000 per-month fee (subject to deferral as described herein) payable to Jensyn Integration Services, LLC, a company controlled by our insiders,electrical installations, for office space, utilitiesracking and secretarial services. Our agreement with Jensyn Integration Services, LLC provides that commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and until we consummate a Business Combination, such office space,solar panel installations, as well as utilitiesnumerous subcontractors for grading, landscaping, and secretarialconstruction for our commercial, and industrial customers.

Installation

We are a licensed contractor in the markets that we serve, and we are responsible for every customer installation. We manage the entire process from permitting through inspection to interconnection to the power grid, thereby making the system installation process simple and seamless for its customers. Controlling every aspect of the installation process allows us to minimize costs, ensure quality and deliver high levels of customer satisfaction.

Even with controlling every aspect of the installation process, the ability to perform on a contract is subject to limitations. There remain jurisdictional approval processes outside our immediate control including, but not limited to, approvals of city, county, state or Federal government bodies or one of their respective agencies. Other aspects outside of our direct control include approvals from various utility companies and weather conditions.

After-Sales Support

It is our intent to provide continuing operation and maintenance services for our installed residential and commercial solar systems. We provide extended factory equipment technical support and act as a service liaison using our proprietary knowledge, technology, and solar electric energy engineering staff. We do this through a 5-year limited workmanship warranty and operations and maintenance program, which among other things, provides a service and technical support line to our customers. We generally respond to our job site related issues within 24 hours and offer assistance as long as required to maintain customer satisfaction. Our price to customers includes this warranty, and also includes the pass through of various manufacturers’ warranties that are typically up to 25 years.

9

Table of Contents
Customers

Currently, the majority of our revenue comes from commercial and small utility solar installations ranging in size from 100 kilowatts to 10 megawatts. We have experience that this size of project optimizes margin scale, and risk. Opportunistically, we also install residential scale projects (8 kilowatts to 20 kilowatts) when marketing costs are minimal or not required. Large utility scale projects over 10 megawatts can also be opportunistically selected when margins can be preserved.

Approximately 83% of our sales in 2020 were in commercial and small utility solar projects. Approximately 0.5% of revenues were generated by residential installations in 2020. In 2019, approximately 77% of our sales were in commercial and small utility solar projects, while approximately 3% of revenues came from residential solar. We expect that these percentages will be made availablevary from year to us as may be required from time to time. year.

We believe that we have an advantage in the fee charged by Jensyn Integration Services, LLC is at leastcommercial solar market in Vermont given our extensive contact list, resulting from our experience in the commercial and industrial construction market, which also provides access to customers that trust us. Through our network of vendors, participation in variety of industry trade associations and independent sales consultants, we now have a growing list of repeat clients, as favorablewell as an active and loyal referral network.

Competitors

In the solar installation market, we couldcompete with companies that offer products similar to our products. Some of these companies have obtained from an unaffiliated person. We considergreater financial resources, operational experience, and technical capabilities than we do. When bidding for solar installation projects, however, our current office space, combined withexperience suggests that we are the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We have two executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devotedominant or preferred competitor in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the Business Combination and the stage of the Business Combination process the Company is in. Accordingly, once a suitable target business to consummate our initial Business Combination has been located, management will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the Business Combination (and consequently spend more time on our affairs) than had been spent prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect our executive officers to devote an average of approximately 10 hours per week to our business.markets in which we compete. We do not intendbelieve that any competitor has more than 10% of the market across all the areas in which we currently operate. We compete with other solar installers on our expertise and proven track record of performance. Also, pricing, service and the ability to have any full time employeesarrange financing may be important for a project award.


Seasonality

We often find that some customers tend to book projects by the end of a calendar year to realize the benefits of available subsidy programs prior to consummationyear-end. This results in third and fourth quarter sales being more robust usually at the expense of the first quarter. In the future, this seasonality may cause fluctuations in financial results. In addition, other seasonality trends may develop and the existing seasonality that we experience may change. Weather can also be an important factor affecting project timelines.

Technology and Intellectual Property

Generally, the solar EPC business is not dependent on intellectual property.

Government Regulation and Incentives

Government Regulation

We are not regulated as a public utility in the United States under applicable national, state or other local regulatory regimes where we conducts business.

To operate our systems, we obtain interconnection permission from the applicable local primary electric utility. Depending on the size of the solar energy system and local law requirements, interconnection permission is provided by the local utility and we and/or our customer. In almost all cases, interconnection permissions are issued on the basis of a standard process that has been pre-approved by the local public utility commission or other regulatory body with jurisdiction over net metering procedures. As such, no additional regulatory approvals are required once interconnection permission is given.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws, including regulations governing the occupational health and safety of our initial Business Combination.

employees and wage regulations. For example, we are subject to the requirements of OSHA, the DOT and comparable state laws that protect and regulate employee health and safety.


10

Table of Contents
Government Incentives

Federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to owners, end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar energy in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance paymentsItem 1A. Risk Factors, payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation and exclusion of solar energy systems from property tax assessments. These incentives enable Peck Electric to lower the price it charges customers to own or lease, our solar energy systems, helping to catalyze customer acceptance of solar energy as an alternative to utility-provided power.

The federal government currently offers a 26% investment tax credit (“ITC”) under Section 48(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for the installation of certain solar power facilities until December 31, 2022, after which it will fall to 22% in 2023 and 10% in 2024.

The economics of purchasing a solar energy system are also improved by eligibility for accelerated depreciation, also known as the modified accelerated cost recovery system, or MACRS, depreciation, which allows for the depreciation of equipment according to an accelerated schedule set forth by the Internal Revenue Service. The acceleration of depreciation creates a valuable tax benefit that reduces the overall cost of the solar energy system and increases the return on investment.

Approximately 50% of states in the U.S. offer a personal and/or corporate investment or production tax credit for solar energy that is additive to the ITC. Further, these states, and many local jurisdictions, have established property tax incentives for renewable energy systems that include exemptions, exclusions, abatements, and credits. Many state governments, traditional utilities, municipal utilities and co-operative utilities offer a rebate or other cash incentive for the installation and operation of a solar energy system or energy efficiency measures. Capital costs or “up-front” rebates provide funds to solar customers based on the cost, size or expected production of a customer’s solar energy system. Performance-based incentives provide cash payments to a solar energy system owner based on the energy generated by their solar energy system during a pre-determined period, and they are paid over that time period. Depending on the cost of the system and other site-specific variables, tax incentives can typically cover 30-40% of the cost of a commercial or residential solar system.

Many states also have adopted procurement requirements for renewable energy production that requires regulated utilities to procure a specified percentage of total electricity delivered to customers in the State from eligible renewable energy sources, such as solar energy systems, by a specified date.

Corporate Information

Our address is 400 Avenue D, Suite 10, Williston, VT 05495 and our telephone number is (802) 658-3378. Our corporate website is: www.isunenergy.com

. The content of our website shall not be deemed incorporated by reference in this Annual Report.


11

Table of Contents
Item 1A.
Risk Factors.

An investment in our Common Stock involves significant risks. You should carefully consider the risk factors contained in this Annual Report and in our filings with the SEC before you decide to invest in our Common Stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected as a result of any of such risks. The value of our Common Stock could decline as a result of any of these risks. You could lose all or part of your investment in our Common Stock. Some of our statements in sections entitled “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties we have described below are those specific to the Company that we currently believe have the potential to be material, but they may not be the only ones we face. If any of the following risks, or any otherAdditional risks and uncertainties that we have not yet identifiedpresently known to us or that we currently consider not to be material, actually occur or become material risks,deem immaterial may also affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operationsoperations.

The impact of the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) on general market and cash flows couldeconomic conditions has yet to be materiallydetermined and adversely affected. Investors are advisedis likely to consider these factors along with the other information included in this Annual Report and to review any additional risks discussed in our filings with the SEC.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We arehave a development stage company with no operating history and, accordingly, you have no basismaterial adverse effect on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to complete our initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a Business Combination and may be unable to complete our Business Combination. If we fail to complete our Business Combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

If we are unable to consummate our initial Business Combination, our public stockholders may be forced to wait until after July 2, 2019 before receiving distributions from the Trust Account.

We will have until July 2, 2019 to consummate our initial Business Combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate our initial Business Combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to convert their shares. Only after the expirationresults of this full time period will holders of our Common Stock be entitled to distributions from the Trust Account if we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate their investment, public security holders may be forced to sell their public shares, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed Business Combination.

Stockholders will have an opportunity to vote upon the Peck Electric Business Combination; however, if we pursue a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination, we will either (1) seek stockholder approval of our initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable), or (2) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, in each case subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this Annual Report. Accordingly, it is possible that we will consummate our initial Business Combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the Business Combination. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. For instance, Nasdaq rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a stockholder meeting but would still require us to obtain stockholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any Business Combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a Business Combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares, we would seek stockholder approval of such Business Combination instead of conducting a tender offer.

Our public stockholders will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the remaining net proceeds of the Public Offering are intended to be used to complete our initial Business Combination, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we had net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 upon the closing of our Public Offering and filed a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, require us to complete our initial Business Combination within 18 months of the effective date of the initial registration statement and restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our Units became immediately tradable, we are entitled to withdraw certain amounts from the funds held in the Trust Account prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination and we have a longer period of time to complete such a Business Combination than we would if we were subject to Rule 419.

If we determine to change our acquisition criteria or guidelines, many of our previously disclosed acquisition criteria and guidelines would no longer apply.

The proposed Peck Electric Business Combination is except as for size, generally consistent with our previously disclosed acquisition criteria and guidelines. If we seek to pursue a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination, we could seek to deviate from our previously disclosed acquisition criteria and guidelines although we have no current intention to do so. For instance, as required by Nasdaq, we currently anticipate structuring a Business Combination with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value that is at least equal to 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriter’s fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a letter of intent or definitive agreement for a Business Combination. However, we could be delisted from Nasdaq and therefore no longer be required to meet this requirement. Furthermore, there are numerous agreements between us and our affiliates that could be amended between the parties without approval of public stockholders. In such event, many of the acquisition criteria and guidelines set forth in this Annual Report (such as the voting, transfer and liquidation restrictions agreed to by the holders of the Insider Shares described in the prospectus associated with the Public Offering, the indemnification obligations of our insiders described below and the obligations of our insiders to pay the cost of liquidation if the funds held outside the Trust Account are insufficient for such purposes) may no longer apply.

If we deviate from our previously disclosed acquisition criteria or guidelines, holders of our securities may have rescission rights or may bring an action for damages against us or we could be subject to civil or criminal actions taken by governmental authorities.

The proposed Peck Electric Business Combination is except as for size, generally consistent with our previously disclosed acquisition criteria and guidelines. If we were to pursue a different Business Combination and elect to deviate from our previously disclosed acquisition criteria or guidelines, each person who purchased Units in the Public Offering and still held such securities upon learning of the facts relating to the deviation may seek rescission of the purchase of the Units he or she acquired in the Public Offering (under which a successful claimant has the right to receive the total amount paid for his or her securities pursuant to an allegedly deficient prospectus, plus interest and less any income earned on the securities, in exchange for surrender of the securities) or bring an action for damages against us (compensation for loss on an investment caused by alleged material misrepresentations or omissions in the sale of a security). In such event, we could also be subject to civil or criminal actions taken by governmental authorities. For instance, the SEC can seek injunctions under Section 20(b) of the Securities Act if it believes a violation under the Securities Act has occurred or is imminent. The SEC can also seek civil penalties under Sections 20(d) and 24 if a party has violated the Securities Act or an injunctive action taken by the SEC or if a party willfully, in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, makes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Furthermore, Section 20 allows the SEC to refer matters to the attorney general to bring criminal penalties against an issuer.

We may issue shares of our capital stock to complete our initial Business Combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our stockholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation currently authorizes the issuance of up to 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. operations.


As of March 20, 2019, there were approximately 10,039,818 authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of the shares (i) underlying the public rights and private rights issuable upon consummation of our initial Business Combination, (ii) issuable upon exercise of the public warrants and private warrants, and (iii) underlying the unit purchase option being issued to Chardan and/or its designees). Although we have no commitment as of the date of this Annual Report other thanon Form 10-K, the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19) has resulted in widespread disruption to capital markets and general economic and business climate. It is too early for us to predict the long-term effects of this health crisis. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. On March 16, 2020, in response to intensifying efforts to contain the spread of COVID-19, we temporarily limited access to headquarters and began implementing remote work environments for our obligations underemployees. On March 25, 2020, we closed our headquarters and advised all employees to work remotely until more guidance is provided. On August 1, 2020, we reopened our headquarters on a limited basis with the Share Exchange Agreement, we may issue a substantial numberproper workplace safety protocols in place while allowing all employees to continue remote work at their discretion. We continue to monitor the outbreak of additional shares of Common Stock or shares of preferred stock, or a combination of Common StockCOVID-19 to help ensure the health and preferred stock, to complete our initial Business Combination. The issuance of additional shares of Common Stock or preferred stock:

may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in our securities;
may subordinate the rights of holders of shares of Common Stock if we issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those afforded to our shares of Common Stock;
may cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of Common Stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and
may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our shares of Common Stock.

If the Peck Electric Business Combination is consummated, we will issue at least 3,234,501 sharessafety of our common stockassociates and our customers. We are also continuing to communicate with our suppliers regarding the Peck Stockholders, representing approximately 59%flow of product and potential temporary effects on our supply chain. On March 12, 2021, Governor Phil Scott extended Vermont’s State of Emergency and all existing mitigation orders and closures until April 15, 2021. Given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, the duration of business disruption and the related financial affect cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. We continue to provide service and maintenance in support of critical infrastructure including utilities and telecommunications. The extent to which COVID-19 affects our results, or those of our outstanding shares upon the completion of the transaction.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a Business Combination,suppliers, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may adversely affectemerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions and related costs to contain or treat it, among others.


Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We have had an extensive and profitable operating history, with the exception of 2019 and 2020, but it may be difficult to accurately evaluate our leveragefuture business and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

prospects.


Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Annual Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt,were founded in 1972, we may choose to incur substantial debt to completedid not begin selling solar systems until 2013 when our Business Combination. However, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after our initial Business Combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;
acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;
our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding; and
limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

Wemanagement believed that solar asset investment was profitable. Our management believes that our success will be limited to the funds held outside of the Trust Account to fund our search for target businesses and to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of the Public Offering and Private Placement offering, $85,000 was initially available to us outside the Trust Account to fund our working capital requirements. Although we may use interest earned on the proceeds helddepend in the Trust Account to pay any tax obligations we may owe, interest earned on funds in the Trust Account may not be used to meet our working capital obligations. Accordingly, if we use all of the funds held outside of the Trust Account, we may not have sufficient funds available with which to structure, negotiate or close our initial Business Combination. In such event, we would need to borrow additional funds from our insiders, officers or directors to operate or may be forced to liquidate. If we are unable to obtain the funds necessary, we may be forced to cease searching for a target business and may be unable to complete our initial Business Combination.

We may not have sufficient working capital to cover our operating expenses.

Following the consummation of the Public Offering and after paying offering related expenses, the amounts available to us to pay our operating expenses have consisted primarily of the approximately $1,295,220 of loans and advances from our insiders and a related party, $700,000 that was paid to us by Oneness Global to fund transaction expenses in connection with the proposed business combination with Oneness Global and $248,000 loaned to us by Riverside Merchant Partners, LLC to fund expenses in connection with the Peck Electric Business Combination, and $85,000 from the Public Offering and Private Placement initially held outside of the Trust Account. Additionally, we have delayed payment of a significant portion of the $10,000 monthly fee payable to Jensyn Integration Services, LLC as a result of a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial Business Combination, with any such unpaid amount accruing without interest and becoming due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial Business Combination. However, the amounts available to us, even if we continue to not pay the $10,000 monthly fee to Jensyn Integration Services, LLC, may not be sufficient to fund our operating expenses. As of December 31, 2018, we had only $30,929 of funds held outside the trust. As a result, we will need to borrow funds from our insiders, officers or directors or from third parties to continue to operate. Our Principal Shareholders and Special Advisors have agreed to loan us up to $1,700,000 in the aggregate, however if we are unable to obtain the necessary funds, we may be forced to cease searching for a target business and liquidate without completing our initial Business Combination.

Reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our insiders, officers, directors or any of their affiliates in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and Business Combinations, could reduce the funds available to us to consummate a Business Combination. In addition, an indemnification claim by one or more of our officers and directors in the event that any of them are sued in their capacity as an officer or director could also reduce the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account.

We reimburse our insiders, officers, directors or any of their affiliates for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets for a Business Combination. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, that, to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account and the interest income earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account that may be released to us, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial Business Combination. In addition, pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware law, we may be required to indemnify our officers and directors in the event that any of them are sued in their capacity as an officer or director. We have also entered into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and under Delaware law. In the event that we reimburse our insiders, officers, directors or any of their affiliates for out-of-pocket expenses prior to the consummation of a Business Combination or are required to indemnify any of our officers or directors pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of incorporation, Delaware law, or the indemnity agreements that we have entered into with them, we would use funds available to us outside of the Trust Account. Any reduction in the funds available to us could have a material adverse effectlarge part on our ability to locatecontinue to successfully sell solar systems in the Northeast and investigate prospective target businessesin other states against determined competition, and to structure, negotiate, conduct due diligence in connection with or consummate our initial Business Combination.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the Trust Account couldsynergistic acquisitions. No assurance can be reduced and the per-share redemption price received by stockholders may be less than approximately $11.20.

Our placing of funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Althoughgiven that we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interestoperate profitably or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account for the benefit of our public stockholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the Trust Account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public stockholders. If we are unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period, our insiders have agreed that they will be jointly and severally liable to ensure that the proceeds in the Trust Account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us, but only if such a vendor or prospective target business does not execute such a waiver. However, our insiders may not be able to meet such obligation as we have not required our insiders to retain any assets to provide for their indemnification obligations, nor have we taken any further steps to ensure that our insiders will be able to satisfy any indemnification obligations that arise. Moreover, our insiders will not be liable to our public stockholders if they should fail to satisfy their obligations under this agreement and instead will only be liable to us. Therefore, the per share redemption or conversion amount received by public stockholders may be less than the approximately $11.20 per share in trust as of March 20, 2019 due to such claims.

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per share redemption or conversion amount received by public stockholders may be less than $11.20.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

If we have not completed our initial Business Combination by July 2, 2019, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining holders of Common Stock and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. We may not properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of the date of distribution. Accordingly, third parties may seek to recover from our stockholders amounts owed to them by us.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the Trust Account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the Trust Account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the Trust Account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the Trust Account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

Unlike other blank check companies, our Units are comprised of Common Stock, warrants to purchase one-half of one share of our Common Stock and rights, rather than units comprised of Common Stock and warrants to purchase one share of our Common Stock.

Unlike other blank check companies that sell units comprised of shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase one share of Common Stock in their initial public offerings, we issued Units comprised of shares of Common Stock, warrants to purchase one-half of one share of our Common Stock and rights automatically entitling the holder to receive one-tenth of a share of Common Stock upon consummation of our initial Business Combination. Neither the rights nor the warrants will have any voting rights and each will expire and be worthless if we do not consummate an initial Business Combination. Furthermore, no fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. As a result, unless you acquire at least two warrants, you will not be able to receive a share of Common Stock upon exercise of your warrants. Accordingly, investors in the Public Offering were not issued as many shares as part of their investment as they may have in other blank check company offerings, which may have the effect of limiting the potential upside value of your investment in our company.

Holders of Rights and Warrants will not have redemption rights if we are unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period.

If we are unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period and we redeem our outstanding public shares using the funds held in the Trust Account, the Rights and Warrants will expire and holders thereof will not receive any of such proceeds with respect to such Rights and Warrants, respectively.

If we pursue a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination, we will be unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

Although we intend to consummate the Peck Electric Business Combination, if we pursue a different Business Combination, we may consummate our initial Business Combination with a target business in any industry we choose and are not limited to any particular industry or type of business. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately consummate our initial Business Combination. To the extent we complete our initial Business Combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete our initial Business Combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. We may not properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. An investment in our shares may not ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

The requirement that our initial Business Combination occur with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial Business Combination may limit the type and number of companies that we may complete such a Business Combination with.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, our initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses having an aggregate fair market value equal to at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriter’s fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial Business Combination. Although the Peck Electric Business Combination will meet this test, this restriction may limit the type and number of companies that we may complete a Business Combination with if we pursue a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination. If we are unable to locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, we may be forced to liquidate and you will only be entitled to receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial Business Combination. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial Business Combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise owns or acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the Business Combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the Business Combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstandingadequate working capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial Business Combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial Business Combination. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial Business Combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial Business Combination, our assessment of these individuals may not prove to be correct.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial Business Combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial Business Combination. None of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs (although we expect them to devote approximately 10 hours per week to our business) and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to their other business activities, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial Business Combination. In addition, we do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

If the Peck Electric Business Combination is completed, none of our officers and only two of our directors will remain as officers or directors of Jensyn after the completion of the transaction. If a Business Combination other than the Peck Electric Business Combination is pursued, the role of our key personnel after our initial Business Combination, however, remains to be determined. Although some of our key personnel may serve in senior management or advisory positions following our initial Business Combination, it is likely that most, if not all, of the management of the target business will remain in place. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to consummate our initial Business Combination with.

We may consummate a Business Combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose. Our officers and directors may not have enough experience or sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding our initial Business Combination.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular Business Combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial Business Combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our Business Combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the Business Combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the Business Combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the Business Combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our insiders, officers, directors and their affiliates may be owed reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses which may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular Business Combination is most advantageous.

Our insiders, officers, directors and their affiliates may incur out-of-pocket expenses in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and combinations. We have no policy that would prohibit these individuals and their affiliates from negotiating the reimbursement of such expenses by a target business. As a result, the personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Members of our management team may have affiliations with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Members of our management team may have affiliations with companies, including companies that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Accordingly, they may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial Business Combination. As a result, a potential target business may be presented by our management team to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business. For a more detailed description of the potential conflicts of interest of our management, see the section titled, “Management – Conflicts of Interest.”

We may engage in a Business Combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our executive officers, directors or insiders, which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our insiders, officers, directors and director nominees with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our insiders, officers, directors and director nominees. Our directors and director nominees also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Management – Conflicts of Interest.” Our insiders, officers, directors and director nominees are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our Business Combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning a Business Combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a Business Combination, such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested and independent directors (if we have any at that time), and we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the Business Combination is fair to our unaffiliated stockholders from a financial point of view. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a Business Combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our officers, directors or insiders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the Business Combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

The shares beneficially owned by our insiders, officers and directors will not participate in a redemption and, therefore, our insiders, officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for our initial Business Combination.

Our insiders, officers and directors have waived their right to convert their Insider Shares, Private Units, or to redemption rights with respect to their Insider Shares, Private Units if we are unable to consummate our initial Business Combination. Accordingly, these securities will be worthless if we do not consummate our initial Business Combination. Any Rights and Warrants they hold, like those held by the public, will also be worthless if we do not consummate an initial Business Combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a Business Combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular Business Combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest.

If we are unable to consummate a Business Combination, any loans made by our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates would not be repaid, resulting in a potential conflict of interest in determining whether a potential transaction is in our stockholders’ best interest.

In order to meet our working capital needs, our Principal Shareholders have agreed to loan us up to $1,700,000 in the aggregate. At December 31, 2018, $1,295,220 of such loans were outstanding. The loans are non-interest bearing and will be payable at the consummation ofobligations as they become due.


Our management discovered a Business Combination. If we fail to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period, the loans would not be repaid. Consequently, our directors and officers may have a conflict of interest in determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular Business Combination are appropriate andmaterial weakness in our stockholders’ best interest.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securitiesdisclosure controls and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

On March 4, 2019, we received notice from Nasdaq indicating that we are not in compliance with Rule IM-5101-2procedures and internal control over financial reporting as a result of not having completed our initial business combination within 36 months of the effective date of our IPO registration statement. We have appealed Nasdaq’s determination to delist our securities from the Nasdaq Capital Market and submitted to Nasdaq a plan for regaining compliance which describes the proposed Business Combination with Peck Electric. A hearing on this matter is scheduled for April 11, 2019. We cannot assure you that our appeal will be successful or that securities will continuerequired to be listed on Nasdaq in the future or after the Business Combination. We intend to apply to continue to list our Common Stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “PECK” upon the closingimplemented by Section 404 of the Peck Electric Business Combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and stock price levels. We must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders’ equity (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders). We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to meet these listing requirements.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
a determination that our shares are a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our shares;
a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

We may only be able to complete one Business Combination with the proceeds of the Public Offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

It is likely we will consummate our initial Business Combination with a single target business, although we have the ability to simultaneously consummate our initial Business Combination with several target businesses. By consummating a Business Combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several Business Combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or
dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial Business Combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously consummate our initial Business Combination with several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other Business Combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the Business Combination. With multiple Business Combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the target companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise their conversion rights may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable Business Combination or optimize our capital structure.

If our initial Business Combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many public stockholders may exercise conversion rights, we may either need to reserve part of the Trust Account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our initial Business Combination. In the event that the Business Combination involves the issuance of our stock as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our stock to make up for a shortfall in funds. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive Business Combination available to us.

We may be unable to consummate an initial Business Combination if a target business requires that we have a certain amount of cash at closing, in which case public stockholders may have to remain stockholders of our company and wait until our redemption of the public shares to receive a pro rata share of the Trust Account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market.

A potential target may make it a closing condition to our initial Business Combination that we have a certain amount of cash in excess of the $5,000,001 of net tangible assets we are required to have pursuant to our organizational documents available at the time of closing. If the number of our public stockholders electing to exercise their conversion rights has the effect of reducing the amount of money available to us to consummate an initial Business Combination below such minimum amount required by the target business and we are not able to locate an alternative source of funding, we will not be able to consummate such initial Business Combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. In that case, public stockholders may have to remain stockholders of our company and wait the full 24 months (assuming the period of time to complete a Business Combination has been extended by the full amount) in order to be able to receive a portion of the Trust Account, or attempt to sell their shares in the open market prior to such time, in which case they may receive less than they would have in a liquidation of the Trust Account.

We will offer each public stockholder the option to vote in favor of the proposed Business Combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its shares.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial Business Combination, we will offer each public stockholder (but not our sponsors, officers or directors) the right to have his, her or its shares of Common Stock converted to cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this Annual Report) regardless of whether such stockholder votes for or against such proposed Business Combination; provided that a stockholder must in fact vote for or against a proposed Business Combination in order to have his, her or its shares of Common Stock converted to cash. If a stockholder fails to vote for or against a proposed Business Combination, that stockholder would not be able to have his, her or its shares of Common Stock so converted. We will consummate our initial Business Combination only if public stockholders do not exercise conversion rights in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 after the closing of the Business Combination and a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. At December 31, 2018 our net tangible assets were approximately $4,636,000. We expect that as a result of: a) the net tangible assets acquired as part of a Business Combination, (b) Company liabilities converted to equity, (c) new equity capital raised, or a combination thereof, will result in the net tangible assets of the Company being greater than $5,000,001. Therefore, we could still consummate a proposed Business Combination regardless of the number of common shares redeemed so long as a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favor of the proposed Business Combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where stockholders are offered the right to convert their shares only when they vote against a proposed Business Combination. This threshold and the ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of a proposed Business Combination may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial Business Combination.

A public stockholder that fails to vote either in favor of or against a proposed Business Combination will not be able to have his, her or its shares converted to cash.

In order for a public stockholder to have his, her or its shares converted to cash in connection with any proposed Business Combination, that public stockholder must vote either in favor of or against a proposed Business Combination. If a public stockholder fails to vote in favor of or against a proposed Business Combination, whether that stockholder abstains from the vote or simply does not vote, that stockholder would not be able to have his, her or its shares of Common Stock so converted to cash in connection with such Business Combination.

Public stockholders, together with any affiliates of theirs or any other person with whom they are acting in concert or as a “group,” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 20% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Public Offering.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial Business Combination, we will offer each public stockholder (but not our insiders, officers or directors) the right to have his, her or its shares of Common Stock converted into cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such public stockholder, or any other person with whom he, she or it is acting in concert or as a “group” will be restricted from seeking conversion rights with respect to more than 20% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Public Offering. Generally, in this context, a stockholder will be deemed to be acting in concert or as a group with another stockholder when such stockholders agree to act together for the purpose of acquiring, voting, holding or disposing of our equity securities. Accordingly, if you purchased more than 20% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Public Offering and our proposed Business Combination is approved, you will not be able to seek conversion rights with respect to the full amount of your shares and may be forced to hold such additional shares of Common Stock or sell them in the open market. The value of such additional shares may not appreciate over time following our initial Business Combination, and the market price of our shares of Common Stock may not exceed the per-share conversion price.

We may require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares of Common Stock in connection with a proposed Business Combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

In connection with any stockholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial Business Combination, each public stockholder will have the right, regardless of whether he, she or it is voting for or against such proposed Business Combination, to demand that we convert his, her or its shares of Common Stock into a share of the Trust Account. We may require public stockholders seeking to convert their shares, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at least two business days prior to the vote on the initial Business Combination (a tender of shares is always required in connection with a tender offer). In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a stockholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical stock certificate. While we have been advised that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System, this may not be the case. Under Delaware law and our bylaws, we are required to provide at least 10 days advance notice of any stockholder meeting, which would be the minimum amount of time a public stockholder would have to determine whether to exercise conversion rights. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for stockholders to deliver their shares, stockholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their conversion rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

If we require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares of Common Stock to comply with the delivery requirements discussed above for conversion, such converting stockholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed Business Combination is not approved.

If we require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares of Common Stock to comply with the delivery requirements discussed above for conversion and such proposed Business Combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public stockholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed Business Combination until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our shares of Common Stock may decline during this time and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other stockholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

Because of our structure, other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive Business Combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting Business Combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. Therefore, our ability to compete in consummating our initial Business Combination with certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing a Business Combination with certain target businesses. Furthermore, seeking stockholder approval of our initial Business Combination may delay the consummation of a transaction. Additionally, our rights and warrants, and the future dilution they represent (entitling the holders to receive shares of our Common Stock on exercise of the warrants or, with respect to the rights, on consummation of our initial Business Combination), may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating our initial Business Combination.

Our ability to consummate an attractive Business Combination may be impacted by the market for initial public offerings.

Our efforts to identify a prospective target business has not been and will not be limited to any particular industry or geographic region. If the market for initial public offerings is limited, we believe there will be a greater number of attractive target businesses open to consummating an initial Business Combination with us as a means to achieve publicly held status. Alternatively, if the market for initial public offerings is robust, we believe that there will be fewer attractive target businesses amenable to consummating an initial Business Combination with us to become a public reporting company. Accordingly, during periods with strong public offering markets, it may be more difficult for us to complete an initial Business Combination.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete our initial Business Combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular Business Combination.

Although we believe that the remaining net proceeds of the Public Offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate a Business Combination, including the Peck Electric Business Combination, the capital requirements for any other possible transaction remain to be determined. If the net proceeds of the Public Offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the Business Combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash a significant number of shares of Common Stock, we will be required to seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular Business Combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular Business Combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a Business Combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial Business Combination.

If our security holders exercise their registration rights, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares of Common Stock and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect our initial Business Combination.

Our insiders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of the Insider Shares at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which their shares may be released from escrow. Additionally, the purchasers of the Private Units and our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates are entitled to demand that we register the resale of the Private Units (and underlying securities of each) and any shares our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to us commencing on the date that we consummate our initial Business Combination. The presence of these additional shares of Common Stock trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate our initial Business Combination or increase the cost of consummating our initial Business Combination with the target business, as the stockholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a Business Combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our shares of Common Stock.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial Business Combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and
restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our Business Combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;
adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and
reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a Business Combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the Trust Account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The Trust Account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earlier to occur of either: (i) the completion of our primary business objective, which is a Business Combination; or (ii) absent a Business Combination, our return of the funds held in the Trust Account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $11.31 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account, assuming Jensyn Capital, LLC contributes an additional $0.30 per share to the Trust Account and our public rights and public warrants will expire worthless.

The requirement that we complete our initial Business Combination by July 2, 2019 may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our initial Business Combination.

We have until July 2, 2019 to complete our initial Business Combination. Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a Business Combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a Business Combination, knowing that if we do not complete a Business Combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete a Business Combination with any other target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time limit referenced above.

We may not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the target business that we seek to consummate our initial Business Combination with and therefore you may be relying solely on the judgment of our board of directors in approving a proposed Business Combination.

We plan to seek a fairness opinion. from Primary Capital, LLC, an independent investment banking firm. However, if the Peck Electric Business Combination is not completed, we will only be required to obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the target business that we seek to consummate our initial Business Combination with if it is an entity that is affiliated with any of our insiders, officers or directors. In all other instances, we will have no obligation to obtain an opinion. Accordingly, investors may be relying solely on the judgment of our board of directors in approving a proposed Business Combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $11.31 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account and our public rights and public warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial Business Combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial Business Combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $11.31 per share on the liquidation of our Trust Account, assuming that Jensyn Capital, LLC deposits an additional $0.30 per share in the Trust Account, and our public rights and public warrants will expire worthless.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an initial Business Combination.

2002.


We are currently subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal control and may require that we have such system of internal control audited. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties and/or stockholder litigation. Any inabilityare required to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. Section 404management’s attestation on internal controls. Our management has identified control deficiencies and the need for a stronger internal controls environment relating to revenue activities. The ineffectiveness of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our independent registered public accounting firm report on management’s evaluation of our system of internal control over financial reporting, although as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of an exemption to this requirement. Peck Electric is not currently subject to Section 404design, implementation and operation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Followingcontrols surrounding these matters creates a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the Peck Electric Business Combination or any other Business Combination, Peck Electric and any other target company mayconsolidated financial statements would not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal control. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such initial Business Combination.

Our auditors have identifiedprevented or detected on a timely basis. Accordingly, our management concluded that this deficiency represents a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which could adversely affectas of December 31, 2020. Although our abilitymanagement has taken significant steps to reportremediate this weakness, our financial condition and results of operations accurately ormanagement can give no assurance yet that all the measures it has taken will on a timely basis. As a result, currentpermanent and potential stockholders and potential acquisition targets could lose confidencesustainable basis remediate the material weaknesses in our financial reporting, which could harm the trading price of our stockdisclosure controls and make us less attractive to target companies that we seek to acquire.

In connection with its audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, our independent registered public accounting firm identified that we had inadequate control procedures and a lack of supervisory review over the closing process. This control deficiency constitutes a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting.reporting or that any other material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future. We plan to take steps to remedy this material weakness in junction with our Business Combination that will provide additional resources.

Weweakness. If we are an emerging growth company withinnot able to implement the meaningrequirements of Section 404 of the SecuritiesSarbanes-Oxley Act and certain exemptions from disclosure requirements availableof 2002 in the future, we will not be able to emerging growth companies could makeassess whether our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

The JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we would be permitted, and we intend to, omit the auditor’s attestation on internal controlcontrols over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence and the market price of our Common Stock.


We may require substantial additional funding which may not be available to it on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise the necessary additional capital, we may be unable to achieve growth of our operations.

The Company was not profitable in 2019 and 2020.  In order to grow our operations, we may increase our spending to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditures.

We cannot be certain that would otherwiseadditional funding will be required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as described above. We also intendavailable on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to take advantageraise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue our organic growth or corporate acquisitions. Any of the exemption provided under the JOBS Actthese events could significantly harm our business, financial condition, and strategy.

In order to carry out our business plan and implement our strategy, we anticipate that we will need to obtain additional financing from the requirementstime to submit say-on-pay, say-on-frequencytime, and say-on-golden parachute voteswe may choose to raise additional funds through strategic collaborations, public or private equity or debt financing, bank lines of credit, asset sales, government grants, or other arrangements. Our management cannot be sure that any additional funding, if needed, will be available on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, any additional equity or equity-related financing obtained may be dilutive to our stockholders, and we will avail ourselves of reduced executive compensation disclosure that is already available to smaller reporting companies.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of these benefits until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of this exemption. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will continue to be an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of at least $1 billion (as indexed for inflation), (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first public sale of Units, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemedequity financing, if available, may subject us to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined under the Exchange Act.

Until such time that we lose “emerging growth company” status, it is unclear if investors will findrestrictive covenants and significant interest costs.


12

Table of Contents
 An inability to raise capital when needed could harm our securities less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securitiesbusiness, financial condition and our stock prices may be more volatileresults of operations, and could cause our stock price to decline or require that it cease operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

A material reduction in the retail price of traditional utility generated electricity or electricity from other sources could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our management believes that a significant number of our customers decide to buy solar energy because they want to pay less for electricity than what is offered by the traditional utilities.

The customer’s decision to choose solar energy may also be affected by the cost of other renewable energy sources. Decreases in the retail prices of electricity from the traditional utilities or from other renewable energy sources would harm our ability to decline.

offer competitive pricing and could harm our business. The price of electricity from traditional utilities could decrease as a result of:


construction of a significant number of new power generation plants, including plants utilizing natural gas, nuclear, coal, renewable energy or other generation technologies;

relief of transmission constraints that enable local centers to generate energy less expensively;

reductions in the price of natural gas;

utility rate adjustment and customer class cost reallocation;

energy conservation technologies and public initiatives to reduce electricity consumption;

development of new or lower-cost energy storage technologies that have the ability to reduce a customer’s average cost of electricity by shifting load to off-peak times; or

development of new energy generation technologies that provide less expensive energy.

A reduction in utility electricity prices would make the purchase or the lease of our solar energy systems less economically attractive. If the retail price of energy available from traditional utilities were to decrease due to any of these reasons, or other reasons, we effectwould be at a competitive disadvantage, may be unable to attract new customers and our initial Business Combination with a company located outsidegrowth would be limited.

Existing electric utility industry regulations, and changes to regulations, may present technical, regulatory and economic barriers to the purchase and use of solar energy systems that may significantly reduce demand for our solar energy systems.

Federal, state and local government regulations and policies concerning the electric utility industry, and internal policies and regulations promulgated by electric utilities, heavily influence the market for electricity generation products and services. These regulations and policies often relate to electricity pricing and the interconnection of customer-owned electricity generation. In the United States, governments and utilities continuously modify these regulations and policies. These regulations and policies could deter customers from purchasing renewable energy, including solar energy systems. This could result in a significant reduction in the potential demand for our solar energy systems. For example, utilities commonly charge fees to larger, industrial customers for disconnecting from the electric grid or for having the capacity to use power from the electric grid for back-up purposes. These fees could increase our customers’ cost to use our systems and make them less desirable, thereby harming our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, depending on the region, electricity generated by solar energy systems competes most effectively with expensive peak-hour electricity from the electric grid, rather than the less expensive average price of electricity. Modifications to the utilities’ peak hour pricing policies or rate design, such as to a flat rate, would require us to lower the price of our solar energy systems to compete with the price of electricity from the electric grid.

13

Table of Contents
In addition, any changes to government or internal utility regulations and policies that favor electric utilities could reduce our competitiveness and cause a significant reduction in demand for our products and services. For example, certain jurisdictions have proposed assessing fees on customers purchasing energy from solar energy systems or imposing a new charge that would disproportionately impact solar energy system customers who utilize net metering, either of which would increase the cost of energy to those customers and could reduce demand for our solar energy systems. It is possible charges could be imposed on not just future customers but our existing customers, causing a potentially significant consumer relations problem and harming our reputation and business. Due to the current concentration of our business in Vermont, any such changes in these markets would be particularly harmful to our business, results of operations, and future growth.

Our growth strategy depends on the widespread adoption of solar power technology.

The market for solar power products is emerging and rapidly evolving, and our future success is uncertain. If solar power technology proves unsuitable for widespread commercial deployment or if demand for solar power products fails to develop sufficiently, we would be subjectunable to generate enough revenues to achieve and sustain profitability and positive cash flow. The factors influencing the widespread adoption of solar power technology include but are not limited to:

cost-effectiveness of solar power technologies as compared with conventional and non-solar alternative energy technologies;

performance and reliability of solar power products as compared with conventional and non-solar alternative energy products;

fluctuations in economic and market conditions which impact the viability of conventional and non-solar alternative energy sources, such as increases or decreases in the prices of oil and other fossil fuels;

continued deregulation of the electric power industry and broader energy industry; and

availability of governmental subsidies and incentives.

Our business currently depends on the availability of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives. The expiration, elimination or reduction of these rebates, credits and incentives would adversely impact our business.

U.S. federal, state and local government bodies provide incentives to end users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of solar energy systems to promote solar electricity in the form of rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives such as system performance payments and payments for renewable energy credits associated with renewable energy generation. These governmental rebates, tax credits and other financial incentives enhance the return on investment for our customers and incent them to purchase solar systems. These incentives enables us to lower the price that we charge customers for energy and for solar energy systems. However, these incentives may expire on a varietyparticular date, end when the allocated funding is exhausted, or be reduced or terminated as solar energy adoption rates increase. These reductions or terminations often occur without warning.

Reductions in, or eliminations or expirations of, additional risksgovernmental incentives could adversely impact our results of operations and our ability to compete in our industry, causing us to increase the prices of our solar energy systems, and reducing the size of our addressable market. In addition, this would adversely impact our ability to attract investment partners and to form new financing funds and our ability to offer attractive financing to prospective customers.

14

Table of Contents
Our business depends in part on the regulatory treatment of third-party owned solar energy systems.

Our leases and any power purchase agreements are third-party ownership arrangements. Sales of electricity by third parties face regulatory challenges in some states and jurisdictions. Other challenges pertain to whether third-party owned systems qualify for the same levels of rebates or other non-tax incentives available for customer-owned solar energy systems, whether third-party owned systems are eligible at all for these incentives, and whether third-party owned systems are eligible for net metering and the associated significant cost savings. Reductions in, or eliminations of, this treatment of these third-party arrangements could reduce demand for our systems, adversely impact our access to capital and could cause us to increase the price that we charge our customers for energy.

Our ability to provide solar energy systems to customers on an economically viable basis depends on our ability to help customers arrange financing for such systems.

Our solar energy systems have been eligible for federal investment tax credits or U.S. Treasury grants, as well as depreciation benefits. We have relied on, and will continue to rely on, financing structures that monetize a substantial portion of those benefits and provide financing for our solar energy systems. With the lapse of the U.S. Treasury grant program, we anticipate that our customers’ reliance on these tax-advantaged financing structures will increase substantially. If, for any reason, our customers were unable to continue to monetize those benefits through these arrangements, we may be unable to provide and maintain solar energy systems for new customers on an economically viable basis.

The availability of this tax-advantaged financing depends upon many factors, including, but not limited to:

the state of financial and credit markets;

changes in the legal or tax risks associated with these financings; and

non-renewal of these incentives or decreases in the associated benefits.

U.S. Treasury grants are no longer available for new solar energy systems. Changes in existing law and interpretations by the Internal Revenue Service and the courts could reduce the willingness of funding sources to provide funds to customers of these solar energy systems. We cannot assure you that this type of financing will be available to our customers. If, for any reason, we are unable to find financing for solar energy systems, we may no longer be able to provide solar energy systems to new customers on an economically viable basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Rising interest rates could adversely impact our business.

Increases in interest rates could have an adverse impact on our business by increasing our cost of capital, which would increase our interest expense and make acquisitions more expensive to undertake.

Further, rising interest rates may negatively impact our operations.

Weability to arrange financing for our customers on favorable terms to facilitate our customers’ purchases of our solar energy systems. The majority of our cash flows to date have been from the sales of solar energy systems. Rising interest rates may have the effect of depressing the sales of solar energy systems because many consumers finance their purchases.


As a result, an increase in interest rates may negatively affect our initial Business Combination with a company located outsidecosts and reduce our revenues, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we cannot compete successfully against other solar and energy companies, we may not be successful in developing our operations and our business may suffer.

The solar and energy industries are characterized by intense competition and rapid technological advances, both in the United States. States and internationally. We compete with solar companies with business models that are similar to ours. In addition, we compete with solar companies in the downstream value chain of solar energy. For example, we face competition from purely finance driven organizations that acquire customers and then subcontract out the installation of solar energy systems, from installation businesses that seek financing from external parties, from large construction companies and utilities, and increasingly from sophisticated electrical and roofing companies. Some of these competitors specialize in the residential solar energy market, and some may provide energy at lower costs than we do. Further, some competitors are integrating vertically in order to ensure supply and to control costs. Many of our competitors also have significant brand name recognition and have extensive knowledge of our target markets.

15

Table of Contents
If we did, we would be subjectare unable to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operatingcompete in the target business’ home jurisdiction,market, we will have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Adverse economic conditions may have material adverse consequences on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Unpredictable and unstable changes in economic conditions, including anyrecession, inflation, increased government intervention, or other changes, may adversely affect our general business strategy. We rely upon our ability to generate additional sources of liquidity and we may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings in order to fund existing operations or to take advantage of opportunities, including acquisitions of complementary businesses or technologies. Any adverse event would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is concentrated in certain markets, putting it at risk of region-specific disruptions.

As of December 31, 2020, a vast majority of our total installations were in New England. Our management expects our near-term future growth to occur throughout the following:

rules and regulations or currency conversion or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
tariffs and trade barriers;
regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
longer payment cycles;
tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
cultural and language differences;
employment regulations;
crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and
deterioration of political relations with the United States.

Northeastern United States, and to further expand our customer base and operational infrastructure. Accordingly, our business and results of operations are particularly susceptible to adverse economic, regulatory, political, weather and other conditions in such markets and in other markets that may become similarly concentrated.


If we are unable to retain and recruit qualified technicians and advisors, or if our key executives, key employees or consultants discontinue their employment or consulting relationship with us, we may delay our development efforts or otherwise harm our business.

We may not be able to adequately address theseattract or retain qualified management or technical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among solar, energy, and other businesses. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. If we are not able to attract, retain, and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the successful development of any product candidates, our ability to raise additional risks.capital, and our ability to implement our overall business strategy.

We are highly dependent on members of our management and technical staff. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior, mid-level, and senior managers as well as junior, mid-level, and senior technical personnel. The loss of any of our executive officers, key employees, or consultants and our inability to find suitable replacements could potentially harm our business, financial condition, and prospects. We may be unable to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among solar and energy companies. Certain of our current officers, directors, and/or consultants hereafter appointed may from time to time serve as officers, directors, scientific advisors, and/or consultants of other solar and energy companies. We do not maintain “key man” insurance policies on any of our officers or employees. Other than certain members of our senior management team, all of our employees are employed “at will” and, therefore, each employee may leave our employment and join a competitor at any time.

We plan to grant stock options, restricted stock grants, or other forms of equity awards in the future as a method of attracting and retaining employees, motivating performance, and aligning the interests of employees with those of our stockholders. If we are unable to do so,implement and maintain equity compensation arrangements that provide sufficient incentives, we may be unable to retain our operations may suffer.

existing employees and attract additional qualified candidates. If we effectare unable to retain our initial Business Combination with a targetexisting employees and attract additional qualified candidates, our business located outsideand results of the United States, the laws applicable to such target business will likely govern alloperations could be adversely affected.


16

Table of Contents
The execution of our material agreementsbusiness plan and development strategy may be seriously harmed if integration of our senior management team is not successful.

As our business continues to grow and in the event that we acquire new businesses, we may experience significant changes in our senior management team. Failure to integrate our Board of Directors and senior management teams may negatively affect the operations of our business.

We may not successfully implement our business model.

Our business model is predicated on our ability to build and sell solar systems at a profit, and through organic growth, geographic expansion and strategic acquisitions. Our management intends to continue to operate our business as it has previously, with sourcing and marketing methods that we have used successfully in the past. However, our management cannot assure you that our methods will continue to attract new customers nor that we can maintain profitability in the very competitive solar systems marketplace.

We may not be able to enforceeffectively manage our legal rights.

Ifgrowth.


Our future growth, if any, may cause a significant strain on our management and our operational, financial, and other resources. Our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to implement and improve our operational, financial, and management systems and to expand, train, manage, and motivate our employees. These demands may require the hiring of additional management personnel and the development of additional expertise by our management. Any increase in resources used without a corresponding increase in our operational, financial, and management systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of future acquisitions, and integration of these acquisitions may disrupt our business and management.

In the future, we effect our initial Business Combinationmay acquire companies, project pipelines, products or technologies or enter into joint ventures or other strategic initiatives. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of this acquisition or any other future acquisition, and any acquisition has numerous risks. These risks include the following:

difficulty in assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;

difficulty in effectively integrating the acquired technologies or products with our current technologies;

difficulty in maintaining controls, procedures and policies during the transition and integration;

disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management and employees from other opportunities and challenges due to integration issues;

difficulty integrating the acquired company’s accounting, management information, and other administrative systems;

inability to retain key technical and managerial personnel of the acquired business;

inability to retain key customers, vendors, and other business partners of the acquired business;

inability to achieve the financial and strategic goals for the acquired and combined businesses;

incurring acquisition-related costs or amortization costs for acquired intangible assets that could impact operating results;

potential failure of the due diligence processes to identify significant issues with product quality, legal and financial liabilities, among other things;

17

Table of Contents
potential inability to assert that internal controls over financial reporting are effective; and

potential inability to obtain, or obtain in a timely manner, approvals from governmental authorities, which could delay or prevent such acquisitions.

Mergers and acquisitions of companies are inherently risky and, if we do not complete the integration of acquired businesses successfully and in a target business located outsidetimely manner, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of the United States,acquisitions to the lawsextent anticipated, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

With respect to providing electricity on a price-competitive basis, solar systems face competition from traditional regulated electric utilities, from less-regulated third party energy service providers and from new renewable energy companies.

The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with large traditional utilities. We believe that our primary competitors are the country in which such target business is domiciled will govern almost all of the material agreements relatingtraditional utilities that supply electricity to its operations. The target businessour potential customers. Traditional utilities generally have substantially greater financial, technical, operational and other resources than we do. As a result, these competitors may not be able to enforcedevote more resources to the research, development, promotion, and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Traditional utilities could also offer other value-added products or services that could help them to compete with us even if the cost of electricity they offer is higher than that of ours. In addition, a majority of utilities’ sources of electricity is non-solar, which may allow utilities to sell electricity more cheaply than electricity generated by our solar energy systems.

We also compete with companies that are not regulated like traditional utilities, but that have access to the traditional utility electricity transmission and distribution infrastructure pursuant to state and local pro-competitive and consumer choice policies. These energy service companies are able to offer customers electricity supply-only solutions that are competitive with our solar energy system options on both price and usage of renewable energy technology while avoiding the long-term agreements and physical installations that our current fund-financed business model requires. This may limit our ability to attract new customers; particularly those who wish to avoid long-term contracts or have an aesthetic or other objection to putting solar panels on their roofs.

As the solar industry grows and evolves, we will also face new competitors who are not currently in the market. Low technological barriers to entry characterize our industry and well-capitalized companies could choose to enter the market and compete with it. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or new competitors will limit our growth and will have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Developments in alternative technologies or improvements in distributed solar energy generation may materially adversely affect demand for our offerings.

Significant developments in alternative technologies, such as advances in other forms of distributed solar power generation, storage solutions such as batteries, the widespread use or adoption of fuel cells for residential or commercial properties or improvements in other forms of centralized power production may materially and adversely affect our business and prospects in ways management does not currently anticipate. Any failure by us to adopt new or enhanced technologies or processes, or to react to changes in existing technologies, could materially delay deployment of our solar energy systems, which could result in product obsolescence, the loss of competitiveness of our systems, decreased revenue and a loss of market share to competitors.

Due to the limited number of suppliers in our industry, the acquisition of any of these suppliers by a competitor or any shortage, delay, price change, imposition of tariffs or duties or other limitation in our ability to obtain components or technologies that we use could result in sales and installation delays, cancellations, and loss of market share.

While we purchase our products from several different suppliers, if one or more of the suppliers on which we rely to meet anticipated demand ceases or reduces production due to its financial condition, is acquired by a competitor or otherwise is unable to increase production as industry demand increases, or is otherwise unable to allocate sufficient production to us, it may be difficult for us to quickly identify alternate suppliers or to qualify alternative products on commercially reasonable terms, and our ability to satisfy this demand may be adversely affected. There are a limited number of suppliers of solar energy system components and technologies. While we believe there are other sources of supply for these products available, transitioning to a new supplier may result in additional costs and delays in acquiring our solar products and deploying our systems. These issues could harm our business or financial performance.

18

Table of Contents
In addition, the acquisition of a component supplier or technology provider by one of our competitors could limit our access to such components or technologies and require significant redesigns of our solar energy systems or installation procedures and have a material adverse effect on our business.

There have also been periods of industry-wide shortages of key components, including solar panels, in times of industry disruption. The manufacturing infrastructure for some of these components has a long lead-time, requires significant capital investment and relies on the continued availability of key commodity materials, potentially resulting in an inability to meet demand for these components. The solar industry is frequently experiencing significant disruption and, as a result, shortages of key components, including solar panels, may be more likely to occur, which in turn may result in price increases for such components. Even if industry-wide shortages do not occur, suppliers may decide to allocate key components with high demand or insufficient production capacity to more profitable customers, customers with long-term supply agreements or customers other than us and our supply of such components may be reduced as a result.

Typically, we purchase the components for our solar energy systems on an as-needed basis and do not operate under long-term supply agreements. The vast majority of our purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars. Since our revenue is also generated in U.S. dollars, we are mostly insulated from currency fluctuations. However, since our suppliers often incur a significant amount of their costs by purchasing raw materials and generating operating expenses in foreign currencies, if the value of the U.S. dollar depreciates significantly or for a prolonged period of time against these other currencies, this may cause our suppliers to raise the prices they charge us, which could harm our financial results. Since we purchase most of the solar photovoltaic modules that we use from China, we are particularly exposed to exchange rate risk from increases in the value of the Chinese Renminbi. Any supply shortages, delays, price changes or other limitation in our ability to obtain components or technologies that we use could limit our growth, cause cancellations or adversely affect our profitability, and result in loss of market share and damage to our brand.

We act as the licensed general contractor for our customers and are subject to risks associated with construction, cost overruns, delays, regulatory compliance and other contingencies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are a licensed contractor and we are normally the general contractor, electrician, construction manager, and installer for our solar energy systems. We may be liable to customers for any damage that we cause to the home, belongings or property of our customers during the installation of our systems. For example, we penetrate our customers’ roofs during the installation process and may incur liability for the failure to adequately weatherproof such jurisdictionpenetrations following the completion of installation of solar energy systems. In addition, because the solar energy systems that we deploy are high-voltage energy systems, we may incur liability for the failure to comply with electrical standards and appropriate remediesmanufacturer recommendations. Because our profit on a particular installation is based in part on assumptions as to enforce its rights underthe cost of such material agreementsproject, cost overruns, delays, or other execution issues may cause us to not be availableachieve our expected results or cover our costs for that project.

In addition, the installation of solar energy systems is subject to oversight and regulation in this new jurisdiction. The system ofaccordance with national, state, and local laws and ordinances relating to building, fire and electrical codes, safety, environmental protection, utility interconnection and metering, and related matters. We also rely on certain employees to maintain professional licenses in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate, and our failure to employ properly licensed personnel could adversely affect our licensing status in those jurisdictions. It is difficult and costly to track the requirements of every authority having jurisdiction over our operations and our solar energy systems. Any new government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems, or changes to existing government regulations or utility policies pertaining to our systems, may result in significant additional expenses to our customers and, as a result, could cause a significant reduction in demand for our systems.

19

Table of Contents
If we experience a significant disruption in our information technology systems or if we fail to implement new systems and software successfully, our business could be adversely affected.

We depend on information systems throughout our company to process orders, manage inventory, process and bill shipments and collect cash from our customers, respond to customer inquiries, contribute to our overall internal control processes, maintain records of our property, plant and equipment, and record and pay amounts due vendors and other creditors. If we were to experience a prolonged disruption in our information systems that involve interactions with customers and suppliers, it could result in the loss of sales and customers and/or increased costs, which could adversely affect our overall business operation.

Compliance with occupational safety and health requirements and best practices can be costly, and noncompliance with such requirements may result in potentially significant monetary penalties, operational delays, and adverse publicity.

The installation of solar energy systems requires our employees to work at heights with complicated and potentially dangerous electrical systems. The evaluation and modification of buildings as part of the installation process requires our employees to work in locations that may contain potentially dangerous levels of asbestos, lead, mold or other materials known or believed to be hazardous to human health. We also maintain a fleet of trucks and other vehicles to support our installers and operations. There is substantial risk of serious injury or death if proper safety procedures are not followed. Our operations are subject to regulation under the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”), the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”), and equivalent state laws. Changes to OSHA or DOT requirements, or stricter interpretation or enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreementsregulations, could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunitiesincreased costs. If we fail to comply with applicable OSHA regulations, even if no work-related serious injury or capital. Additionally, ifdeath occurs, we consummate our initial Business Combination with a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets wouldmay be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.

Provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Common Stock and could entrench management.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delaycivil or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make more difficult the removal of managementcriminal enforcement and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial Business Combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. These financial statements may be required to pay substantial penalties, incur significant capital expenditures or suspend or limit operations. While we have not experienced a high level of injuries to date, high injury rates could expose us to increased liability. In the past, we have had workplace accidents and received citations from OSHA regulators for alleged safety violations, resulting in fines. Any such accidents, citations, violations, injuries or failure to comply with industry best practices may subject us to adverse publicity, damage our reputation and competitive position and adversely affect our business.


Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses, damage our market reputation, and prevent us from maintaining or increasing our market share.

If our products fail to perform as expected while under warranty, or if we are unable to support the warranties, sales of our products may be preparedadversely affected, or our costs may increase, and our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We may also be subject to warranty or product liability claims against us that are not covered by insurance or are in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally acceptedexcess of our available insurance limits. In addition, quality issues can have various other ramifications, including delays in the United Statesrecognition of America,revenue, loss of revenue, loss of future sales opportunities, increased costs associated with repairing or GAAP,replacing products, and a negative impact on our goodwill and reputation. The possibility of future product failures could cause us to incur substantial expenses to repair or internationalreplace defective products. Furthermore, widespread product failures may damage our market reputation and reduce our market share causing sales to decline.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our financial reporting standards, or IFRS, depending onresults.

We often find that some customers tend to book projects by the circumstancesend of a calendar year to realize the benefits of available subsidy programs prior to year-end. This results in third and fourth quarter sales being more robust usually at the expense of the first quarter. In the future, this seasonality may cause fluctuations in financial results. In addition, other seasonality trends may develop and the historicalexisting seasonality that we experience may change. Weather can also be an important factor affecting project timelines.

20

Table of Contents
A failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to our interactions with current or prospective commercial or residential customers could result in negative publicity, claims, investigations, and litigation, and adversely affect our financial statementsperformance.

Our business includes contracts and transactions with commercial and residential customers. We must comply with numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations that govern matters relating to our interactions with residential consumers, including those pertaining to privacy and data security, consumer financial and credit transactions, home improvement contracts, warranties, and door-to-door solicitation. These laws and regulations are dynamic and subject to potentially differing interpretations, and various federal, state and local legislative and regulatory bodies may expand current laws or regulations, or enact new laws and regulations, regarding these matters. Changes in these laws or regulations or their interpretation could dramatically affect how we do business, acquire customers, and manage and use information that we collect from and about current and prospective customers and the costs associated therewith. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to our interactions with residential customers. It is possible, however, that these requirements may be requiredinterpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to be audited in accordanceanother and may conflict with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),other rules or PCAOB. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connectionour practices. Non-compliance with any tender offer documents we may use, whethersuch law or not that are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may consummate our initial Business Combination with because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time forregulations could also expose us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rulesclaims, proceedings, litigation and completeinvestigations by private parties and regulatory authorities, as well as substantial fines and negative publicity, each of which may materially and adversely affect our initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame.

business.


Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.


We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments, including non-U.S. governments. In particular, we will beare required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

We currently maintain


Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Company

Because we were previously considered to be a “shell company” under applicable securities laws and regulations, investors may not be able to rely on the resale exemption provided by Rule 144 of the Securities Act until certain requirements have been satisfied. As a result, investors may not be able to easily re-sell our principal executive offices at 800 West Main Street, Freehold, New Jersey 07728. The cost for this spacesecurities and could lose their entire investment.

Prior to the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, we were considered to be a “shell company” under Rule 405 of Regulation C of the Securities Act. A “shell company” is includeda company with either no or nominal operations or assets, or assets consisting solely of cash and cash equivalents. In order to rely on the resale exemption provided by Rule 144, certain requirements must be met, including that the Company is current in the $10,000 per-month fee Jensyn Integration Services,filings required by the Securities Exchange of 1934, as amended. Because shareholders may not be able to rely on an exemption for the resale of their securities other than Rule 144, they may not be able to easily re-sell our securities in the future and could lose their entire investment as a result. See “Shares Eligible For Future Sale – Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies”.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Common Stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although we will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering (“IPO”), (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Exchange Act. We cannot predict if investors will find shares of our Common Stock less attractive or us less comparable to certain other public companies because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our Common Stock price may be more volatile.

21

Table of Contents
Pursuant to the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for so long as we are an “emerging growth company.”

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and generally requires in the same report a report by our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We are required to provide management’s attestation on internal controls effective December 31, 2020. However, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will be an “emerging growth company” until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of our IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. An “emerging growth company” can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we have chosen to “opt out” of such extended transition period and, as a result, we must comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

If we are not able to comply with the applicable continued listing requirements or standards of Nasdaq, Nasdaq could delist our Common Stock.

Our Common Stock is currently listed on Nasdaq. In order to maintain such listing, we must satisfy minimum financial and other continued listing requirements and standards, including those regarding director independence and independent committee requirements, minimum stockholders’ equity, minimum share price, and certain corporate governance requirements. There can be no assurances that we will be able to comply with the applicable listing standards. Although we are currently in compliance with such listing standards, we may in the future fall out of compliance with such standards. If we are unable to maintain compliance with these Nasdaq requirements, our Common Stock will be delisted from Nasdaq.

Our Common Stock currently trades on Nasdaq, and, to date, trading of our Common Stock has been limited. If a more active market does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell the Common Stock you own or result in your sale at a price that is less than the price you paid.

To date, trading of our Common Stock on Nasdaq has been limited and there can be no assurance that there will be a more active market for our Common Stock either now or in the future. If a more active and liquid trading market does not develop or if developed cannot be sustained, you may have difficulty selling any of the shares of Common Stock that you purchased. The market price for our Common Stock may decline below the price you paid, and you may not be able to sell your shares of Common Stock at or above the price you paid, or at all.

On January 5, 2021, the Company received a written notice (the “Notice”) from the Listing Qualifications Department of The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) indicating that the Company was not in compliance with Listing Rule 5620(a) (the “Annual Meeting Rule”), which requires the Company to hold an annual meeting of shareholders no later than one year after the end of the Company’s fiscal yearend for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market. The Notice is only a notification of deficiency, not of imminent delisting, and has no current effect on the listing or trading of the Company’s securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market. The Company submitted a compliance plan to Nasdaq and was granted until May 11, 2021 to comply with the Annual Meeting Rule.  The Company anticipates holding its 2019 and 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders on May 11, 2021.

22

Table of Contents
In the event that our Common Stock is delisted from Nasdaq, U.S. broker-dealers may be discouraged from effecting transactions in shares of our Common Stock because they may be considered penny stocks and thus be subject to the penny stock rules.

The SEC has adopted a number of rules to regulate “penny stock” that restricts transactions involving stock which is deemed to be penny stock. Such rules include Rules 3a51-1, 15g-1, 15g-2, 15g-3, 15g-4, 15g-5, 15g-6, 15g-7, and 15g-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These rules may have the effect of reducing the liquidity of penny stocks. “Penny stocks” generally are equity securities with a price of less than $5.00 per share (other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or quoted on NASDAQ if current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system). Our shares of Common Stock have in the past constituted, and may again in the future constitute, “penny stock” within the meaning of the rules. The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon U.S. broker-dealers may discourage such broker-dealers from effecting transactions in shares of our Common Stock, which could severely limit the market liquidity of such shares of common stock and impede their sale in the secondary market.

A U.S. broker-dealer selling penny stock to anyone other than an established customer or “accredited investor” (generally, an individual with a net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or an annual income exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with his or her spouse) must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and must receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. In addition, the “penny stock” regulations require the U.S. broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any transaction involving a “penny stock”, a disclosure schedule prepared in accordance with SEC standards relating to the “penny stock” market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. A U.S. broker-dealer is also required to disclose commissions payable to the U.S. broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, a U.S. broker-dealer is required to submit monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the “penny stock” held in a customer’s account and information with respect to the limited market in “penny stocks”.

Stockholders should be aware that, according to the SEC, the market for “penny stocks” has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (i) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (ii) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (iii) “boiler room” practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (iv) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differentials and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (v) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired level, resulting in investor losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the market, management will strive within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns from being established with respect to our securities.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions include:


A classified Board of Directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to the change the membership of a majority of our Board of Directors;


no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;


the exclusive right of our Board of Directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Board of Directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our Board of Directors;


the ability of our Board of Directors to determine whether to issue shares of our preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

23

Table of Contents

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an Annual or Special Meeting of our Stockholders;


the requirement that an Annual Meeting of Stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive officer, or the Board of Directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;


limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;


controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of stockholder meetings;


providing that directors may be removed prior to the expiration of their terms by stockholders only for cause; and


advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our Board of Directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control of the Company or changes in our Board of Directors and management.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding Common Stock from engaging in certain business combinations without approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding Common Stock. Any provision of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Common Stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our Common Stock.

Risks Related to Offerings and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The issuance of our Common Stock related to the Exchange and Subscription Agreement with GreenSeed Investors, LLC was dilutive.

The Company entered into an Exchange and Subscription Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) dated April 22, 2020 with GreenSeed Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company controlled by our insiders, charges us for office space, utilities(“GSI”), and secretarial services pursuant toSolar Project Partners, LLC, a letter agreement between us and Jensyn Integration Services, LLC. We may delay paymentDelaware limited liability company (“SPP”). Under the terms of the $10,000 monthly fee payableExchange Agreement, the shares of Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of Common Stock. The shares of Preferred Stock were converted into 370,370 shares of Common Stock on February 22, 2021. In addition, on February 9, 2021 warrants issued to Jensyn Integration Services, LLC uponGSI to purchase shares of Common Stock were exercised on a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expensescashless basis.  An aggregate of 117,376 shares of Common Stock were issued in connection with such exercise.
The sale or issuance of our initial Business Combination,Common Stock to Lincoln Park may cause dilution and the sale of the shares of Common Stock acquired by Lincoln Park, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause the price of our Common Stock to fall.

On September 26, 2019, we entered into the Purchase Agreement with Lincoln Park, pursuant to which Lincoln Park has committed to purchase up to $15,000,000 of our Common Stock. Upon the execution of the Purchase Agreement, we issued 81,263 Commitment Shares to Lincoln Park in consideration for Lincoln Park’s commitment to purchase shares of our Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement and we may issue up to an additional 40,937 shares of Common Stock pro rata in connection with each purchase made by Lincoln Park pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The remaining shares of our Common Stock that may be issued under the Purchase Agreement may be sold by us to Lincoln Park at our discretion from time to time over a 24-month period commencing after the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement. The purchase price for the shares of our Common Stock that we may sell to Lincoln Park under the Purchase Agreement will fluctuate based on the price of our Common Stock. Depending on market liquidity at the time, sales of such shares may cause the trading price of our Common Stock to fall.

24

Table of Contents

We generally have the right to control the timing and amount of any future sales of our shares to Lincoln Park. Additional sales of our Common Stock, if any, to Lincoln Park will depend upon market conditions and other factors to be determined by us. We may ultimately decide to sell to Lincoln Park all, some or none of the shares of our Common Stock that may be available for us to sell pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. If and when we do sell shares of our Common Stock to Lincoln Park, after Lincoln Park has acquired such unpaid amount accruingshares, Lincoln Park may resell all, some or none of such shares at any time or from time to time in its discretion. Therefore, sales to Lincoln Park by us could result in substantial dilution to the interests of other holders of our shares of Common Stock. Additionally, the sale of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock to Lincoln Park, or the anticipation of such sales, could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at a price that we might otherwise wish to effect sales.

The issuance of our Common Stock related to the Form S-3 Registration Statement and Sales Agreement with Alliance Global Partners (“Agent”) may cause dilution and could cause the price of our Common Stock to fall.

A substantial majority of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock and exercisable options are freely tradable without interestrestriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registration Statement contains a Base Prospectus, which covers the offering, issuance and becoming duesale by iSun of up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate of our shares of Common Stock from time to time in one or more offerings.

Pursuant to Sales Agreement with the Agent, as amended, iSun may offer and payablesell from time to time up to an aggregate of $915,000 of the Placement Shares through the Agent. Sales of the Placement Shares pursuant to the Sales Agreement, may be made in sales deemed to be “at the market offerings” as defined in Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Agent will act as sales agent and will use commercially reasonable efforts to sell on iSun’s behalf all of the Placement Shares requested to be sold by iSun, consistent with its normal trading and sales practices, on mutually agreed terms between the Agent and iSun.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market, future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Common Stock to decline. Increased sales of our Common Stock in the market for any reason could exert significant downward pressure on our stock price.

25

Table of Contents
We may require additional financing to sustain our operations, without which we may not be able to continue operations, and the terms of subsequent financings may adversely impact our stockholders.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a working capital of $242,865 and had a net loss of $4,328 for the year ended December 31, 2020. On January 8, 2021 we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with two institutional investors providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate 840,000 shares of our Common Stock in a registered direct offering at a purchase price of $12.50 per Share for gross proceeds of approximately $10.5 million before deducting fees and offering expenses.

We may utilize the Shelf Registration to issue and sell up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate of our shares of Common Stock. The extent that we rely on the Shelf Registration as a source of funding will depend on a number of factors including, the prevailing market price of our Common Stock and the extent to which we are able to secure working capital from other sources. After utilizing approximately $10.5 million in a registered direct offering, the Company can utilize the Shelf Registration to generate approximately $39.5 million in additional offerings.

We may direct Lincoln Park to purchase up to $15,000,000 worth of shares of our Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement over a 24-month period, generally in amounts up to 50,000 shares of our Common Stock, which may be increased to up to 100,000 shares of our Common Stock depending on the market price of our Common Stock at the time of sale, and, in each case, subject to a maximum limit of $250,000 per purchase, subject to certain exceptions, on any single business day (such share amounts being subject to adjustment for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar transaction as provided in the Purchase Agreement). Assuming a purchase price of $13.80 per share (the closing sale price of the Common Stock on February 5, 2021) and the purchase by Lincoln Park of 50,000 shares of Common Stock, gross proceeds to us would be $690,000.

The extent that we rely on Lincoln Park as a source of funding will depend on a number of factors including, the prevailing market price of our Common Stock and the extent to which we are able to secure working capital from other sources. If obtaining sufficient funding from Lincoln Park were to prove unavailable or prohibitively dilutive, we will need to secure another source of funding in order to satisfy our working capital needs. Even if we sell all $15,000,000 of Common Stock under the Purchase Agreement to Lincoln Park, we may still need additional capital to finance our future production plans and working capital needs, and we may have to raise funds through the issuance of equity or debt securities. Depending on the type and the terms of any financing we pursue, stockholders’ rights and the value of their investment in our Common Stock could be reduced. A financing could involve one or more types of securities including Common Stock, preferred stock, convertible debt or warrants to acquire Common Stock. These securities could be issued at or below the then prevailing market price for our Common Stock. In addition, if we issue secured debt securities, the holders of the debt would have a claim to our assets that would be prior to the rights of stockholders until the debt is paid. Interest on these debt securities would increase costs and negatively impact operating results. If the issuance of new securities results in diminished rights to holders of our Common Stock, the market price of our Common Stock could be negatively impacted.

Should the financing we require to sustain our working capital needs be unavailable or prohibitively expensive when we require it, the consequences could be a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from our sale of shares of Common Stock to Lincoln Park or utilization of the Sales Agreement with AGP, you may not agree with how we use the proceeds and the proceeds may not be invested successfully.

Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from our sale of shares of Common Stock to Lincoln Park or utilization of the Sales Agreement with AGP, and we could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of commencement of this offering. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of those net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that, pending their use, we may invest those net proceeds in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for us. The failure of our management to use such funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

26

Table of Contents
The share price of our Common Stock is subject to fluctuation, has been and may continue to be volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance, resulting in substantial losses for investors who have purchased shares of our Common Stock.

We expect that the market price of our Common Stock may continue to be volatile for the foreseeable future. The market price of our Common Stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors listed below and other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section:


actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;


the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;


failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;


ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;


announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;


changes in operating performance and Common stock market valuations of other technology companies generally;


price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;


changes in our Board of Directors or management;


sales of large blocks of our Common Stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;


potential lawsuits threatened or filed against us;


short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our Common Stock;


general economic conditions in the United States and abroad; and


other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many software companies. Stock prices of many software companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We have no later thanhistory of paying dividends on our Common Stock, and we do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have not previously paid dividends on our Common Stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our available cash, if any, for use as working capital and for other general corporate purposes. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applicable to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Investors must rely on sales of their Common Stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their investment.

27

Table of Contents
Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue shares of blank check preferred stock, and issuances of such preferred stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for such preferred stock, may result in immediate dilution to existing stockholders, including investors in this offering.

If we raise additional funds through future issuances of preferred stock or debt securities convertible into preferred stock, our stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new preferred stock or debt securities that we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of shares of Common Stock. Although we have no present plans to issue any additional shares of preferred stock, in the event that we issue additional shares of our preferred stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for such preferred stock after the date of the consummationoffering, the investors in this offering will be diluted. We may choose to raise additional capital using such preferred stock or debt securities because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

A market for our securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our initial Business Combination. Our audit committee has determinedsecurities.

The price of our securities may fluctuate significantly due to defer paymentgeneral market and economic conditions. An active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. In addition, the price of our securities can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if our securities become delisted from Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our Common Stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our Common Stock could decline.

The trading market for our Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, our stock price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the monthly fee.analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our Common Stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our Common Stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our Common Stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our Common Stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of March 12, 2021, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our equity securities, together with their affiliates, beneficially own 50% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock. As a result, these stockholders have significant influence to determine the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the ability to control the election of our directors, amend or prevent amendment of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or effect or prevent a change in corporate control, merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination. In addition, any sale of a significant amount of our Common Stock held by our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders, or the possibility of such sales, could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock. Our management’s stock ownership may also discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce our Common Stock price or prevent our stockholders from realizing any gains from our Common Stock.

28

Table of Contents
Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company”

As a public reporting company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company, we:


are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);


are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”);


are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our stockholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);


are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure;


may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) disclosure; and


are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act.

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under §107 of the JOBS Act.

Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions were already available to us due to the fact that we also qualify as a “smaller reporting company” under the SEC’s rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation and report regarding internal control over financial reporting, are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis, are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure, and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our Common Stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. Under current SEC rules, however, we will continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company” for so long as we have a public float (i.e., the market value of common equity held by non-affiliates) of less than $700 million and annual revenue of less than $100 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

29

Table of Contents
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.
Properties.

We leased space and occupy 6,250 square feet of office space and 6,750 square feet of warehouse space at 400 Avenue D, Suite 10, Williston, VT 05495. We believe that the fee charged by Jensyn Integration Services, LLCthis space is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. We considersufficient to meet our current office space, combined withneeds across all business segments.

Item 3.
Legal Proceedings.

We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, individually or in the other office space otherwise availableaggregate, are deemed to be material to our executive officers, adequate for our currentfinancial condition or results of operations.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

None.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures.


Not applicable.


PartPART II


Item 5.
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our Units, common stock, warrants and rights areStock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol JSYNU, JSYN, JSYNW and JSYNR, respectively.“ISUN.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our Units during 2017 and 2018.

  Units (JSYNU)  Common Stock (JSYN)  Warrants (JSYNW)  Rights (JSYNR) 
  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low  High  Low 
2017                                
First Quarter $10.86  $10.35  $10.25  $10.02  $0.31  $0.09  $0.42  $0.20 
Second Quarter $11.39  $10.50  $10.28  $10.20  $0.27  $0.18  $0.37  $0.24 
Third Quarter $10.76  $10.60  $10.32  $10.06  $0.45  $0.15  $0.44  $0.20 
Fourth Quarter $11.01  $10.66  $11.10  $10.15  $0.35  $0.15  $0.55  $0.25 
                                 
2018                                
First Quarter $11.21  $10.55  $10.55  $10.10  $0.30  $0.14  $0.54  $0.30 
Second Quarter $11.10  $9.01  $10.65  $10.40  $0.25  $0.05  $0.47  $0.11 
Third Quarter $12.50  $9.02  $11.44  $10.55  $0.31  $0.05  $0.46  $0.15 
Fourth Quarter $12.25  $12.25  $12.00  $9.31  $0.15  $0.01  $0.37  $0.04 

Holders

As of March 21, 2018, we have 15 holders of recordlast reported sale price of our Units, 286Common Stock on March 12, 2021 on Nasdaq was $13.80 per share.


Holders of Common Stock.

On March 12, 2021, we had 9,387 registered holders of record of our Common StockStock.

Dividends and one holder of record of each of our Rights and Warrants.

Dividends

dividend policy.


We have notnever declared or paid any cash dividendsdividend on our Common Stock, to date andnor do notwe currently intend to pay any cash dividends prior todividend on our Common Stock in the completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of cash dividends subsequent to the completion of our initial Business Combination will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial Business Combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to our initial Business Combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. It is the present intention of our board of directorsforeseeable future. We expect to retain allour earnings, if any, for use in our business operationsthe growth and accordingly, our board of directors does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our initial Business Combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Use of Proceeds From The Offering and Private Placement

We consummated the Public Offering of 3,900,000 Units on March 7, 2016 generating gross proceeds of $39,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Offering, we also consummated a private placement of 294,500 Private Units at $10 per unit generating additional gross proceeds of $2,945,000.

Subject to the foregoing, our management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Offering and the private placement, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be generally applied toward consummating our initial Business Combination. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account as well as any other net proceeds not expended is expected to be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business.

Repurchases of Equity Securities

During 2018 and 2017, we did not repurchase anydevelopment of our equity securities.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

We arebusiness.


Item 6.
Selected Financial Data

As a smaller reporting company, as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act; therefore, pursuant to Item 301c of Regulation S-K, we are not required to provide the information requiredunder this item, pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 301(c).

Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

30

Table of Contents
Business Introduction / Overview

iSun, Inc., the principal office of which is located in Williston, Vermont, is one of the largest commercial solar engineering, procurement and construction (“EPC”) companies in the country and is expanding across the Northeastern United States (“U.S.”). The Company is a second-generation business founded under the name Peck Electric Co. (“Peck Electric”) in 1972 as a traditional electrical contractor. The Company’s core values are to align people, purpose, and profitability, and since taking leadership in 1994, Jeffrey Peck, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, has applied such core values to expand into the solar industry. Today, the Company is guided by this Item.

Item 7. Management’s Discussionthe mission to facilitate the reduction of carbon emissions through the expansion of clean, renewable energy and Analysiswe believe that leveraging such core values to deploy resources toward profitable business is the only sustainable strategy to achieve these objectives.


The world recognizes the need to transition to a reliable, renewable energy grid in the next 50 years. Vermont and Hawaii are leading the way in the U.S. with renewable energy goals of Financial Condition75% by 2032 and Results100% by 2045, respectively. California committed to 100% carbon-free energy by 2045. The majority of Operations

Overview

the other states in the U.S. also have renewable energy goals regardless of current Federal solar policy. We are a “blank check”member of Renewable Energy Vermont, an organization that advocates for clean, practical and renewable solar energy. The Company intends to use near-term incentives to take advantage of long-term, sustainable energy transformation with a commitment to the environment and to its shareholders. Our triple bottom line, which is geared towards people, environment, and profit, has always been our guide since we began installing renewable energy and we intend that it remain our guide over the next 50 years as we construct our energy future.


After installing more than 200 megawatts of solar energy, we believe that we are well-positioned for what we believe to be the coming transformation to an all renewable energy economy. As a result of the completion of our business combination transaction with Jensyn Acquisition Corp. (“Jensyn”) on June 20, 2019, pursuant to which we acquired Peck Electric Co. (the “Reverse Merger and Recapitalization”), we have now opened our company to the public market as part of our strategic growth plan. We are expanding across the Northeastern U.S. to serve the fast-growing demand for clean renewable energy. We are open to partnering with others to accelerate our growth process, and we are expanding our portfolio of company-owned solar arrays to establish recurring revenue streams for many years to come. We have established a leading presence in the development stage,market after five decades of successfully serving our customers, and we are now ready for new opportunities and the next five decades of success.

We have a three-pronged growth strategy that includes (1) organic expansion across the Northeastern United States, (2) conducting accretive merger and acquisition transactions to expand geographically, and (3) investing into company-owned solar assets.

On January 19, 2021, we entered in an agreement to acquire iSun Energy LLC based in Burlington, Vermont. iSun Energy, LLC offers a portfolio of products that supports the growing electric vehicle market, specifically carports, charging stations and user-facing technology. The flagship iSun Energy & Mobility Hub is the result of 30 years of passion, dedication, and innovation through sustainability. The iSun solar EV carport charging systems incorporate solar panels to charge electric vehicles while providing unparalleled software insights into data surrounding the energy produced, consumed, air quality effects and other key metrics. The iSun Oasis Smart Solar Bench is expected to be an integral part in developing smart cities and campuses and has the ability to charge any mobile device through integrated solar panels that collect and store energy throughout the day. iSun’s accompanying data platform allows for monitoring and analysis of key metrics through built in IoT (Internet of Things) sensors. The platform also affords both physical and digital advertising and branding, for additional recurring revenue opportunities. iSun’s Augmented Reality 3D software platform helps clients visualize their projects before they are built, making it easy for our clients to adopt sustainable solutions and to understand their impact on sustainability. As we continue to execute on our three-pronged growth strategy, the iSun Energy, LLC acquisition allows to further enable the transition to renewable and clean energy. As our portfolio of offerings continues to expand, we are able to further provide energy as a service to the marketplace.

With the filing of our Form S-3 Registration Statement on December 4, 2020, we have the ability to access the capital markets up to $50,000,000 in aggregate to support our statement growth strategy. The access to capital accelerates our growth process and allows us to continue our expansion plans into new territories, aggressively pursue accretive merger and acquisition transactions and continue investing in our company-owned solar assets which now consist of the product offerings of iSun Energy LLC. There is currently approximately $39.5 million available under the Registration Statement as we drew down approximately $10.5 million through our Registered Direct Offering.

On April 24, 2020, we were fortunate to obtain a loan under the CARES Act Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) of $1,487,624. The loan allowed us to maintain our workforce during the shutdown caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. On December 1, 2020, the Company received notification from NBT Bank that the Small Business Administration has approved the forgiveness of the PPP loan in its entirety and as such, the full $1,496,468 has been recognized in the income statement as a gain upon debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2020.

31

Table of Contents
Equity and Ownership Structure

On June 20, 2019, Jensyn consummated the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, which resulted in the acquisition of 100% of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Peck Electric by Jensyn, and in Peck Electric becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jensyn. Jensyn was originally incorporated as a special purpose acquisition company, formed on October 8, 2014 for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar Business Combination with one or more operating businesses. At December 31, 2018, we had not yet commenced any meaningful operations nor generated any revenues to date. All activity through December 31, 2018 relates to our formation, our initial public offering (“Public Offering”) described below, general corporate matters, and identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates. On February 26, 2019, we entered into a definitive agreement to complete a Business Combination with Peck Electric Co. as described below under “Proposed Business Combinations.”

We consummated the Public Offering of 3,900,000 units (“Units”) in March 2016, generating gross proceeds of $39,000,000, which is described in Note 2 to the Financial Statements.Recapitalization. Simultaneously with the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, we changed our name to “The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.” We conducted all of our business operations exclusively through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Peck Electric.


Unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refers to iSun, Inc. (formerly The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.) and its subsidiary after June 20, 2019, and “Peck Electric” refers to the business of Peck Electric before June 20, 2019. Upon closing of the Public Offering, we also consummatedReverse Merger and Recapitalization, Peck Electric was deemed the accounting acquirer and takes over the historical information for the Company.

Effective January 19, 2021, the Company changed its corporate name from The Peck Company Holdings, Inc. to iSun, Inc. (the “Name Change”). The Name Change was effected through a private placementparent/subsidiary short-form merger of 294,500 units (“Private Units”) at $10 per unit generating additional gross proceeds of $2,945,000 (inclusiveiSun, Inc., our wholly owned Delaware subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of the Public Offering,name change, with and into us. We were the “Total Offering”).

We intend to utilizesurviving entity. To effectuate the cash derived fromshort-form merger, we filed a Certificate of Merger with the proceedsSecretary of State of the Public OfferingState of Delaware on January 19, 2021. The merger became effective on January 19, 2021 with the State of Delaware and, the private placementfor purposes of the Private Units, our securities, debt or a combination of cash, securities and debt, in effecting our initial Business Combination. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or preferred stock in our initial Business Combination:

● may significantly dilute the equity interestquotation of our investors inCommon Stock on the Total Offering who would not have pre-emption rights in respectNasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”), effective at the open of any such issuance;

● may subordinate the rights of holders of shares of common stock if we issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those afforded to our shares of common stock;

● will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of some ormarket on January 20, 2021. We conduct all of our present officersbusiness operations exclusively through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Peck Electric and directors;iSun Energy LLC.


Critical Accounting Policies

The following discussion and

analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities.


Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include estimates used to review the Company’s impairments and estimations of long-lived assets, impairment on investment, revenue recognition utilizing a cost to cost method, allowances for uncollectible accounts, and the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may adversely affect prevailing market pricesdiffer from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from contracts with customers under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 (“Topic 606”). Under Topic 606, revenue is recognized when, or as, control of promised goods and services is transferred to customers, and the amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for the goods and services transferred. We primarily recognize revenue over time utilizing the cost-to-cost measure of progress on contracts for specific projects and for certain master service and other service agreements.

32

Table of Contents
Contracts. We derive revenue primarily from construction projects performed under: (i) master and other service agreements, which are typically priced using either a time and materials or a fixed price per unit basis; and (ii) contracts for specific projects requiring the construction and installation of an entire infrastructure system or specified units within an infrastructure system, which are subject to multiple pricing options, including fixed price, unit price, time and materials, or cost plus a markup.

The total contract transaction price and cost estimation processes used for recognizing revenue over time under the cost-to-cost method is based on the professional knowledge and experience of our securities.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, itproject managers, engineers and financial professionals. Management reviews estimates of total contract transaction price and total project costs on an ongoing basis. Changes in job performance, job conditions and management’s assessment of expected variable consideration are factors that influence estimates of the total contract transaction price, total costs to complete those contracts and our profit recognition. Changes in these factors could result in:

● default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after our initial Business Combination are insufficientin revisions to pay our debt obligations;

● acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

● our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

● our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding; and

● limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

Results of Operations

Our entire activity since inception up to the closing of our Public Offering on March 7, 2016 was in preparation for the Public Offering. Since the Public Offering, our activity has been limited to the evaluation of the Business Combination candidates, and we will not be generating any operating revenue until the closing and completion of our initial Business Combination. We have generated a small amount of non-operating income in the formperiod in which the revisions are determined, which could materially affect our consolidated results of interest incomeoperations for that period. Provisions for losses on the funds investeduncompleted contracts are recorded in the Trust Account. Interest income is not expected to be significantperiod in view of current low interest rates on risk-free investments (treasury securities). Our expenses have increased as a result of being a public company (for financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance) and the office and administrative services fee charged to us by a related party. We expect to incur increased expenses in the future as we pursue a Business Combination.

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, followingwhich such losses are the amounts and changes in operating expenses, interest income and interest expense.

  2018  2017  $ change  % increase(decrease) 
             
General and Administrative Costs                
Professional Fees:                
Accounting and professional fees  161,135   202,864   (41,729)  -21%
Legal fees  273,772   195,576   78,196   40%
Insurance - Directors and Officers  40,153   40,885   (732)  -2%
Office expense - related party  120,000   120,000   -   0%
Other:                
Stock related expense (NASDAQ and stock transfer fees)  192,112   69,038   123,074   178%
Franchise taxes  27,014   44,620   (17,606)  -39%
Stock compensation expense  -   31,288   (31,288)  -100%
Other expenses  24,875   42,292   (17,417)  -41%
                 
Total general and administrative  839,061   746,563   92,498   12%
                 
Other income and (expense)                
Interest income  228,888   216,657   12,231   6%
Interest expense  (121,194)  (54,371)  (66,823)  123%
Other Income  700,000   -   700,000   NA 
                 
Net loss $(31,367) $(584,277)  552,910   -95%

determined. For the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, project profit was affected by less than 5% as a result of changes in contract estimates included in projects that were in process as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.


Performance Obligations. A performance obligation is a contractual promise to transfer a distinct good or service to a customer and is the unit of account under Topic 606. The transaction price of a contract is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when or as the performance obligation is satisfied. Our contracts often require significant services to integrate complex activities and equipment into a single deliverable and are therefore generally accounted for as a single performance obligation, even when delivering multiple distinct services. Contract amendments and change orders, which are generally not distinct from the existing contract, are typically accounted for as a modification of the existing contract and performance obligation. The vast majority of our performance obligations are completed within one year.

When more than one contract is entered into with a customer on or close to the same date, management evaluates whether those contracts should be combined and accounted for as a single contract as well as whether those contracts should be accounted for as one, or more than one, performance obligation. This evaluation requires significant judgment and is based on the facts and circumstances of the various contracts.

Union Labor

The Company uses union labor in order to construct and maintain the solar, electric and data work that comprise the core activities of its business. As such, contributions were made by the Company to the National Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee, the National Electrical Benefit Funds, Union Pension Plans and a union Health and Welfare Fund. Each employee contributes monthly to the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (“IBEW”). The Company’s contract with the IBEW expires May 31, 2022.

The Company’s management believes that access to unionized labor provides a unique advantage for growth, because workforce resources can be scaled efficiently utilizing labor unions in other states to meet specific project needs in other states without substantially increasing fixed costs for the Company.

Business Insurance / Captive Insurance Group

In 2018, Peck Electric joined a captive insurance group. The Company’s management believes that belonging to a captive insurance group will stabilize business insurance expenses and will lock in lower rates that are not subject to change from year-to-year and instead are based on the Company’s favorable experience modification rate.

Revenue Drivers

The Company’s business includes the design and construction of solar arrays for its customers. Revenue is recognized for each construction project on a percentage of completion basis. From time to time, the Company constructs solar arrays for its own account or purchases a solar array that must still be constructed. In these instances, no revenue is recognized for the construction of the solar array. In instances where the Company owns the solar array, revenue is recognized for the sale of the electricity generated to third parties. As a result, depending on whether it is building for others or for its own account, the Company’s revenue is subject to significant variation.

33

Table of Contents
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

REVENUE AND COST OF EARNED REVENUE

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our revenue decreased 25.4% to $21,052,211 compared to $28,221,569 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Cost of earned revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020, was 26.2% lower at $17,742,118 compared to $24,050,197 for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our revenue was limited due to the shutdown as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company had several projects that were scheduled to begin in the second quarter of the year that were rescheduled until the end of the third quarter. The delay in project start dates impacted our ability to grow revenue during 2020 but will positively impact future periods as project start dates were rescheduled to the first quarter of 2021.

Gross profit was $2,343,137 for the year ended December 31, 2020. This compares to $4,171,372 of gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2019. The gross margin was 11.1% in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 14.8% in the year ended December 31, 2019. Approximately 80% of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2020 was from solar installations compared to 77% of revenues in the year ended December 31, 2019. The solar installation represents higher margin installation in comparison to our traditional electrical and data installations which lead to an increase in gross margin. However, the impact of our worksite shutdowns as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic eroded our margins as we were required to remove all material and equipment from our projects. Once our projects were able to resume operations, we incurred additional costs related to remobilizing and training our workforce as well as delivering material and equipment to the respective jobs sites.

For 2021, we anticipate an increase in revenue over 2020 due to several factors. The sum of our backlog projects are already near $61 million and are anticipated to be completed within twelve to eighteen months. We are not typically bidding competitively for projects, but instead engage with our customers over a long-term basis to develop project designs and to help customers reduce project costs. Therefore, the $61 million in project-based revenue anticipated for the next twelve to eighteen months represents projects that have a high probability for conversion. Historically, we have been awarded over 90% of the projects we have reviewed for construction. The upfront assistance and coordination with our clients can be considered our marketing effort, which is a significant advantage for converting a high percentage of its pipeline projects.

In addition, we are engaging existing customers and new partners outside of Vermont as part of our planned 2021 expansion across the Northeast. The Company has already identified over $26 million of opportunities in other states that are included in its 2021 and 2022 projections.

SELLING AND MARKETING EXPENSES

We rely on referrals from customers and on its industry reputation, and therefore have not historically incurred significant selling and marketing expenses.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Total general and administrative (G&A) expenses were $3,343,895 for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $2,385,900 for the year ended December 31, 2019. As a percentage of revenue, G&A expenses increased to 15.9% in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 8.5% in the year ended December 31, 2019. In total dollars, G&A expense increased primarily due to the added personal costs required to support the Company’s growth initiatives compared to the year ended December 31, 2017:

The decrease in accounting and professional fees is primarily a result of 2017 fairness opinion costs related to a proposed business combination.
The increase in legal fees is primarily a result of costs associated with pursuing multiple Business Combination opportunities and holding three stockholder meetings to approve extensions of time to complete an initial Business Combination in 2018.
The decrease in franchise taxes is due to a reduced number of shares and assets as a result of stockholder redemptions.
The increase in stock related expenses (NASDAQ and stock transfer fees) is primarily the result of the proxy and stock transfer agent related services incurred for the three shareholder meetings to approve extensions of the time to complete an initial Business Combination.
The increase in other income is a result of cash received by the Company from a business combination target to fund operating costs.
The increase in interest income is a result of higher interest rates offset by lower balances in the Trust Account in 2018.
The increase in interest expense is primarily due to the interest associated with three loans totaling $730,000 from Jensyn Capital, LLC, an affiliate. $550,000 of which was outstanding all of 2018 and a new loan of $180,000 made in 2018.

Liquidity2019. With the acquisition of iSun Energy LLC, we do anticipate an increase in G&A to support the new opportunities provided by our expanded product and Capital Resources

Our cash balance as of December 31, 2018 was $30,929. Our liquidity needs have been satisfiedservice offerings. We continue to date through receipt of $25,029 from the sale of the Insider Shares, loanssearch for talented individuals that can support our growth strategies.


WAREHOUSE AND OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

Warehousing and advances from our principal shareholders (the “Principal Shareholders”) and two affiliates in an aggregate amount of $2,056,220, each as described in Notes 3 and 6, and $85,000 from funds raised in the Public Offering and private placement of securities thatother operating expenses for 2020 are not requiredexpected to be held in trust. In addition, the Company received $700,000 during 2018 from a former Business Combination candidatestable or decrease compared to fund the Company’s operatingprior years as we continue to look for opportunities to streamline our operations and decrease our cost structure. To date, we have reduced certain administrative and insurance costs and recorded this amount as other income.

We incurred $2,696,501 in total offering related costs, consisting principallyrestructured our utilization of underwriter discounts of $1,950,000 (including approximately $780,000 of which payment is deferred) and $746,501 of private placement fees and professional, printing, filing, regulatory and other costs have been charged to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the Public Offering.

If we are successful in completing a Business Combination, we intend to use substantially all of the remaining net proceeds of the Total Offering, including the funds held in the Trust Account, in connection with our initial Business Combination and to pay our expenses relating thereto. The expenses include a fee payable to Chardan Capital Markets, LLC in an amount equal to 2.0% ($780,000) of the total gross proceeds raised in the Public Offering upon consummation of our initial Business Combination. To the extent that our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect our initial Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing and research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our initial Business Combination if the funds available to us outside of the Trust Account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

In March 2019, we received a $248,000 loan from Riverside Merchant Partners LLC (“Riverside”) to fund expenses related to the proposed Peck Electric Business Combination. The loan is represented by an original issue discount promissory note in the principal amount of $265,000 which bears interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum and is due on the earlier of (i) the completion of our initial Business Combination, (ii) the termination of our Share Exchange Agreement with Peck Electric, (iii) our failure to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a proxy statement with respect to the Peck Electric Business Combination by April 30, 2019 (subject to extension if the audit of Peck Electric Co.’s 2018 financial statements is not complete by March 31, 2019) or (iv) June 15, 2019, subject to extension if we can demonstrate that a Business Combination is reasonably likely to be consummated prior to July 2, 2019. The note is secured by 115,000 shares of our common stock owned by certain of the Principal Shareholders and their transferees and we may elect to satisfy our obligation to pay the principal amount and accrued interest under the note in cash or by the delivery of these 115,000 shares. These transferred 25,000 shares of our common stock to Riverside as consideration for making the loan and these shareholders and each of our officers and directors have entered into a voting agreement pursuant to which they have agreed to vote in favor of the election of individuals designated by Riverside to constitute a majority of our Board of Directors if an event of default occurs under the note. If such designees are elected to our Board of Directors, we will be prohibited from completing the Peck Electric Business Combination.

We believe that our cash balance as of December 31, 2018 not held in the Trust Account and additional investments from our Principal Shareholders and loans from our affiliates and Riverside will be sufficient to allow us to operate through at least July 2, 2019, assuming that a Business Combination is not consummated during that time. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for pursuing an alternative Business Combination. We anticipate that we will incur approximately:

$190,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations; and
$215,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses, liquidation obligations and reserves, including stock related expenses (listing fees and transfer agent costs) and director and officer liability insurance premiums.

If our estimates of the costs for pursuing a potential Business Combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to an initial Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial Business Combination or because we become obligated to convert a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummation of our initial Business Combination. Following our initial Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financingskilled labor in order to meet our obligations.

Critical Accounting Policies And Estimates

Common Stock Subjectreduce the overhead burden, without compromising the ability to Possible Redemption

The Company accountsoperate effectively.


OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)

Interest expense for its common stock subjectthe twelve months ended December 31, 2020, was $302,542 compared to possible conversion or redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Conditionally convertible common stock (including common stock that features conversion rights that are either within$244,068 for the controlsame period of the holder or subject to conversion upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered by the Company to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events.

Although the Company did not specify a maximum redemption threshold, its certificate of incorporation provides that the Company will consummate a Business Combination only if the holders of Public Shares do not exercise conversion rights in an amount that would cause the Company’s net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock shall be affected by charges against retained earnings.

Accordingly, at December 31, 2018, none of the 2,005,567 common shares outstanding were classified outside of permanent equity at their redemption value since stockholders’ equity is less than $5,000,001. The Company expects thatprior year as a result of increased utilization of our line of credit. We recognized a gain on the net tangible assets acquired as part of a Business Combination, Company liabilities converted to equity, new equity capital, or a combination thereof, will result in the net tangible assetsforgiveness of the Company being greater than $5,000,001.PPP loan of $1,496,468 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020.


34

Table of Contents
INCOME (BENEFIT)TAX EXPENSE

The US GAAP effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2020 was 99.12% and December 31, 2019 was 163.19%. The proforma effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2020 was 27.72% and December 31, 2019 was 27.72%. At December 31, 2017, there were 3,149,524 shares2020, the change in the effective tax rate (“ETR”) is driven by the non-taxable income generated from the forgiveness of a loan under the CARES Act Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) of $1,487,624. At December 31, 2019, the change in the effective tax rate (“ETR”) is driven by the conversion from an S-corporation to C-corporation, which occurred on the date of the 5,169,500 common shares outstanding classified outsideReverse Merger and Recapitalization. This conversion resulted in non-recurring deferred tax expense of permanent equity at their redemption value.

Proposed Business Combinations

On November 3, 2017, we entered into$1,098,481 for the year ended December 31, 2019 related to the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for temporary differences that existed on the date of the change. Excluding the impact of the conversion, the Company’s ETR was 27.72% based on the statutory tax rates in the jurisdictions where the Company is subject to income taxes.


NET LOSS

The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $4,328 compared to a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with BAE Energy Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability companynet loss of $427,795 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Certain Non-GAAP Measures

We periodically review the following key non-GAAP measures to evaluate our business and trends, measure our performance, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

Included in this presentation are discussions and reconciliations of earnings before interest, income tax and depreciation and amortization (“BAE”EBITDA”) and its owners, Victor FerreiraEBITDA adjusted for certain non-cash, non-recurring or non-core expenses (“Adjusted EBITDA”) to net loss in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain non-cash and Karen Ferreira (the “Existing Members”).

On April 27, 2018,other expenses, certain legal services costs, professional and consulting fees and expenses, and one-time Reverse Merger and Recapitalization expenses and certain adjustments. We believe that these non-GAAP measures illustrate the Company announced that it had received a letter from BAE purportingunderlying financial and business trends relating to terminate the Purchase Agreementour results of operations and comparability between current and prior periods. We also use these non-GAAP measures to establish and monitor operational goals.


These non-GAAP measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative to, GAAP and should be considered in addition to, and not as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement having not been completed by March 7, 2018. The Company has acknowledged receipt of the letter and advised BAE that it is reserving all rights with respectsubstitute or superior to, the purported termination, including its rightsother measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. Using only the non-GAAP financial measures, particularly Adjusted EBITDA, to reject the termination and pursue remedies for breach of the Purchase Agreement by BAE and the Existing Members as a result of their failure to use reasonable efforts to take actions required to complete the Business Combinationanalyze our performance would have material limitations because such calculations are based on a timely basis.

On August 15, 2018,subjective determination regarding the Company entered intonature and classification of events and circumstances that investors may find significant. We compensate for these limitations by presenting both the GAAP and non-GAAP measures of our operating results. Although other companies may report measures entitled “Adjusted EBITDA” or similar in nature, numerous methods may exist for calculating a Share Exchange Agreement with Oneness Global, an e-commerce company based in China that operates under the name HEFA Global, and its stockholders. The Exchange Agreement provided that the stockholders of Oneness Global would exchange all of their shares of capital stock in Oneness Global for shares of the Company’s common stock and Oneness Global would become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

In October 2018, the Company terminated the Share Exchange Agreement between Oneness Global and the stockholders of Oneness Global due to the alleged breach of certain representations, warranties and covenants of Oneness Global contained in the Exchange Agreement. The Company has demanded that Oneness Global pay to the Company the $2,500,000 termination fee provided for in the Exchange Agreement. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to collect the termination fee.company’s Adjusted EBITDA or similar measures. As a result, of the termination of the Share Exchange Agreement, the Company’s management beganmethods that we use to explore other strategic alternatives.

On February 26, 2019, the Company entered into the Exchange Agreement with Peck Electric Co. (“Peck Electric”), a commercial solar contractor, and its stockholders (the “Peck Stockholders”). The material terms of the Exchange Agreement are summarized below.

Upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, the Peck Stockholders will exchange their shares of capital stock in Peck Electric for 3,234,501 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Share Exchange”), representing approximately 59% of Jensyn’s outstanding shares after giving effect to the business combination. As a result of the Share Exchange, Peck Electric will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

In the event that Peck Electric’scalculate Adjusted EBITDA (as definedmay differ from the methods used by other companies to calculate their non-GAAP measures.


35

Table of Contents
The reconciliations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, are shown in the Exchange Agreement) for the twelve month period commencing on the first day of the first full calendar quarter following the Closing (the “Earnout Period”) is $5,000,000 or more (the “Adjusted EBITDA Target”) or the closing price of the Company’s common stock is $12.00 or more per share at any time during the Earnout Period (the “Stock Price Target”), then the Company shall issue 898,473 shares of the Company’s common stock to the Peck Stockholders and issue to certain of the Principal Stockholders of the Company and an advisor a number of shares of the Company’s common stock equal to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock forfeited by such stockholders to the extent that such shares are used to satisfy Company obligations or to induce investors to make an equity investment in the Company at or prior to the Closing as described below.

By separate agreement, certain of the Principal Stockholders of the Company have agreed to forfeit (i) up to 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the Closing to the extent that such shares are used to satisfy Company obligations or to induce investors to make an equity investment in the Company at or prior to the Closing and (ii) 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock if neither the Adjusted EBITDA Target nor the Stock Price Target is achieved during the Earnout Period.

At the time that the Company seeks approval of the Share Exchange from its stockholders, the Company will offer its public shareholders the opportunity to convert their shares for cash upon the closing of the Share Exchange in an amount equal to their pro rata share of the funds held in the Trust Account that holds the proceeds of Jensyn’s initial public offering as provided by its amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

The closing of the Share Exchange is subject to a number of conditions, including the approval of the Share Exchange by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company’s reasonable satisfaction with the results of its due diligence investigation of Peck Electric, the approval of the Company’s stockholders and the receipt by the Company of an opinion from an investment banking firm that the transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company’s stockholders. In addition, the Company and Peck Electric must have combined net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 after the Closing.

The senior management of Peck Electric will replace Jensyn’s existing management team following the closing of the Share Exchange. In addition, it is anticipated that at the time that Jensyn seeks approval of the Share Exchange by its stockholders, Jensyn’s stockholders will be asked to elect a new Board of Directors. The nominees will be three individuals designated by Peck Electric and two individuals designated by the Company.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

As of December 31, 2018, we are not subject to any material market or interest rate risk. The net proceeds of the Public Offering and the sale of the Private Units held in the Trust Account are invested in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there is no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

JENSYN ACQUISITION CORP.

Index to Financial Statements

table below:

  
Year ended
December 31,
 
  2020  2019 
Net loss 
$
(4,328
)
 
$
(427,795
)
Depreciation and amortization  
585,690
   
621,233
 
Interest expense  
302,542
   
244,068
 
Income tax (benefit)  
(487,173
)
  
1,104,840
 
EBITDA  
396,731
   
1,542,346
 
Other costs (1)  
-
   
273,819
 
         
Adjusted EBITDA  
396,731
   
1,816,165
 
         
Weighted Average shares outstanding  
5,301,471
   
4,447,681
 
         
Adjusted EPS  
0.07
   
0.41
 

Report(1)
Other costs consist of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
Financial Statements:
Balance Sheets asone-time expenses of December 31, 2018multiple year financial audits and 2017F-3
Statementsother legal and professional fees associated with the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization. Prior to the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, the Company did not require annual financial statement audits. As part of Operationsthe preparation for being a publicly traded entity, the Company was required to undergo financial statement audit for the years ended December 31, 20182017. The cost of this expense is included in other costs.

(2)As the forgiveness of the PPP loan is considered a one-time expense, the Company considered including the forgiveness of $1,496,468 as a reconciling item. The Company excluded the forgiveness on the basis that had it not been awarded a PPP loan, the Company would have terminated, furlough or reduced its workforce during the COVID-19 pandemic shutdown.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

We had $699,154 in unrestricted cash at December 31, 2020, as compared to $95,930 at December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2020, our working capital surplus was $242,865 compared to a working capital surplus of $362,586 at December 31, 2019. On January 8, 2021, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with two institutional investors providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate 840,000 shares of our Common Stock in a registered direct offering at a purchase price of $12.50 per Share for gross proceeds of approximately $10.5 million before deducting fees and offering expenses.

We believe that the aggregate of our existing cash and cash equivalents, including our working capital line of credit, shelf registration and equity line of capital, will be sufficient to meet our operating cash requirements until at least March 30, 2022.

As of March 12, 2021, we have approximately $20.5 million in cash availability. During the first quarter of 2021, we received cash proceeds of approximately $15 million from the exercise of our Public Warrants and an additional approximately $2.5 million from the exercise of 292,500 Unit Purchase Options. The available funds will support the execution of our approximate $61 million in backlog. We believe the backlog is executable within the next twelve to eighteen months which would support our transition back to profitability in 2021.

36

Table of Contents
With the filing of our Form S-3 Registration Statement on December 4, 2020, we have the ability to access the capital markets up to $50,000,000 in aggregate to support our statement growth strategy. The access to capital accelerates our growth process and allows us to continue our expansion plans into new territories, aggressively pursue accretive merger and acquisition transactions and continue investing in our company-owned solar assets which now consist of the product offerings of iSun Energy LLC. There is currently approximately $39.5 million available under the Registration Statement as we drew down approximately $10.5 million through our Registered Direct Offering.

Under the terms of the equity line of credit entered into on September 26, 2019, Lincoln Park Capital is required to purchase shares up to a total value of $15,000,000 pursuant to certain terms and conditions. As of December 31, 2020, $15,000,000 of the equity line of credit is available for use. We can require the purchase of 50,000 shares of Common Stock under a regular purchase. On the next day following a regular purchase, we can require the purchase of an accelerated purchase equal to 200% of the shares sold in the regular purchase as well as an additional accelerated purchase equal to 300% of the shares sold in the regular purchase. The total number of shares authorized under the Purchase Agreement total 3,024,194 which would allow us to maximize the equity line of credit within 10 business days. At that moment, we have no plans to utilize our equity line of credit, but we do have the capability to raise capital utilizing this at-the-market offering and receive the cash proceeds from the transaction to fund our operating activities.

Cash flow provided by operating activities was $435,814 for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $2,130,694 of cash used by operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily the result of the decrease in accounts receivable of $914,356 and an increase in billings in excess of costs of $1,014,099.

Net cash used in investing activities was $65,351 for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $4,276 used in the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was related to the continued investment in our captive insurance.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $232,761 for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $1,917,683 of cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019. The cash flow used by financing activities was utilized to make payments against the line of credit as well as payments against long-term debt. The Company also received proceeds from the PPP loan of $1,496,468.

Item 7A.
Quantitative and 2017Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2020, our variable interest rate debt was primarily related to our Credit Facility with NBT Bank. Interest on outstanding revolving loans and our term loan under our Credit Facility accrues at variable rates based on, prime rate, as defined in the Credit Facility, plus a margin. As of December 31, 2020, we had $2.5 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding revolving loans under our Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 3.25%. A 100 basis point increase in the applicable interest rates under our credit facilities would have increased our interest expense by approximately $30,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020.
As of December 31, 2020, our fixed interest rate debt primarily included $2.0 million aggregate principal amount of with variable interest rates, which accrued interest at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 4.4%. None of this debt subjects us to interest rate risk, but we may be subject to changes in interest rates if and when we refinance this debt at maturity or otherwise.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, revenues, results of operations, liquidity, or capital expenditures.

Item 8.F-4
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017F-6
Notes to F-7 and Supplementary Data.


37

Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The


To the Shareholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders

Jensyn Acquisition Corp.

of

iSun, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jensyn Acquisition Corp.iSun, Inc. (formerly The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.) (the Company)“Company”) as of December 31, 20182020 and 2017, and2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years thenin the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements)“financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20182020 and 2017,2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years thenin the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As further discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying financial statements, the Company has a working capital deficiency and continued losses. Management believes that the Company will continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


Basis for Opinion


These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB)(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. Federalfederal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.


Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ CohnReznick LLPMarcum llp


Marcum llp

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

Roseland, 2019

New Jersey

York, NY

March 22, 2019

F-2
15, 2021

38

Table of ContentsJensyn Acquisition Corp.

iSun, Inc.
(formerly known as The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.)
Consolidated Balance Sheets

  As of  As of 
  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017 
       
ASSETS        
Current Assets        
Cash $30,929  $25,432 
Prepaid insurance and other  18,115   14,457 
Total Current Assets  49,044   39,889 
         
Restricted cash and investments held in trust account  8,101,595   41,019,387 
Total Assets $8,150,639  $41,059,276 
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
         
Current liabilities        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $678,421  $609,719 
Notes and advances payable - related parties (net of deferred financing costs)  2,056,220   1,536,549 
Deferred underwriting compensation  780,000   - 
Total Current Liabilities  3,514,641   2,146,268 
         
Deferred underwriting compensation  -   780,000 
Total Liabilities  3,514,641   2,926,268 
         
Common stock subject to possible redemption: 0 shares and 3,149,524 shares (at redemption value of $10.52 per share) at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33,132,988  
 
         
Commitments and contingencies        
Stockholders’ Equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding  -   - 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, 2,005,567 and 2,019,976 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively (excluding 0 and 3,149,524 shares subject to possible redemption at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)  201   202 
Additional paid-in capital  5,894,802   6,227,456 
Accumulated deficit  (1,259,005)  (1,227,638)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  4,635,998   5,000,020 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $8,150,639  $41,059,276 

See

December 31, 2020 and 2019

  2020  2019 
Assets      
Current Assets:      
Cash 
$
699,154
  
$
95,930
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance  
6,215,957
   
7,294,605
 
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings  
1,354,602
   
1,272,372
 
Other current assets  
214,963
   
201,326
 
Total current assets  
8,484,676
   
8,864,233
 
         
Property and equipment:        
Building and improvements  
672,727
   
672,727
 
Vehicles  
1,199,535
   
1,283,364
 
Tools and equipment  
508,846
   
517,602
 
Solar arrays  
6,386,025
   
6,386,025
 
   
8,767,133
   
8,859,718
 
Less accumulated depreciation  
(2,647,333
)
  
(2,193,007
)
   
6,119,800
   
6,666,711
 
Other Assets:        
Captive insurance investment  
198,105
   
140,875
 
         
Investment in GreenSeed Investors, LLC  
4,724,444
   
-
 
Investment in Solar Partner Projects, LLC  
96,052
   
-
 
   
5,018,601
   
140,875
 
Total assets 
$
19,623,077
  
$
15,671,819
 
         
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity        
         
Current Liabilities:        
Accounts payable, includes book overdraft of $1,246,437 and $1,496,695 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively 
$
4,086,173
  
$
4,274,517
 
Accrued expenses  
172,021
   
119,211
 
         
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts  
1,140,125
   
126,026
 
Due to stockholders  
24,315
   
342,718
 
Line of credit  
2,482,127
   
3,185,041
 
Current portion of deferred compensation  
28,656
   
27,880
 
Current portion of long-term debt  
308,394
   
426,254
 
Total current liabilities  
8,241,811
   
8,501,647
 
         
Long-term liabilities:        
Deferred compensation, net of current portion  
62,531
   
88,883
 
Deferred tax liability  
610,558
   
1,098,481
 
Long-term debt, net of current portion  
1,701,495
   
1,966,047
 
Total liabilities  
10,616,395
   
11,655,058
 
         
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 9)        
         
Stockholders’ equity:        
Preferred stock – 0.0001 par value 200,000 shares authorized, 200,000 and 0 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively (Liquidation Value of $5,000,000)  
20
   
-
 
Common stock – 0.0001 par value 49,000,000 shares authorized, 5,313,268 and 5,298,159 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively  
531
   
529
 
Additional paid-in capital  
5,682,139
   
412,356
 
Retained earnings  
3,323,992
   
3,603,876
 
Total Stockholders’ equity  
9,006,682
   
4,016,761
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
$
19,623,077
  
$
15,671,819
 

The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-3
statements.

39

Table of ContentsJensyn Acquisition Corp.

iSun, Inc.
(formerly known as The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.)
Consolidated Statements of Operations

  For the years ended 
  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017 
       
General and Administrative Costs        
Professional fees $434,907  $398,440 
Insurance  40,153   40,885 
Office expense - related party  120,000   120,000 
Other  244,001   187,238 
         
Total general and administrative costs  839,061   746,563 
         
Operating loss  (839,061)  (746,563)
         
Other income and (expense):        
Other Income  700,000   - 
Interest income  228,888   216,657 
Interest expense  (121,194)  (54,371)
         
Net loss $(31,367) $(584,277)
         
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted  2,042,348   1,939,175 
         
Net loss per common share - basic and diluted $(0.02) $(0.30)

See

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

  2020  2019 
       
Earned revenue 
$
21,052,211
  
$
28,221,569
 
Cost of earned revenue  
18,709,074
   
24,050,197
 
Gross profit  
2,343,137
   
4,171,372
 
         
Warehouse and other operating expenses  
684,669
   
864,359
 
General and administrative expenses  
3,343,895
   
2,385,900
 
Total operating expenses  
4,028,564
   
3,250,259
 
Operating (loss) income  
(1,685,427
)
  
921,113
 
         
Other expenses        
         
Gain on forgiveness of PPP loan  
1,496,468
   
-
 
Interest expense  
(302,542
)
  
(244,068
)
         
(Loss) income before income taxes  
(491,501
)
  
677,045
 
(Benefit) provision for income taxes  
(487,173
)
  
1,104,840
 
         
Net loss  
(4,328
)
  
(427,795
)
         
Net income applicable to preferred stock dividend  
(275,556
)
  
-
 
         
Net loss available to shares of common stockholders 
$
(279,884
)
 
$
(427,795
)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding        
Basic and diluted  
5,301,471
   
4,447,681
 
         
Basic and diluted 
$
(0.05
)
 
$
(0.10
)

The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4
statements.

40

Table of ContentsJensyn Acquisition Corp.

Statements

iSun, Inc.
(formerly known as The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.)
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

For the years ended

December 31, 20182020 and 2017

  Common Stock  

Additional

Paid-in

  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
                
Balance, January 1, 2017  1,916,664  $192  $5,643,184  $(643,361) $5,000,015 
Common shares subject to redemption  103,312   10   533,854   -   533,864 
Expenses paid by related parties via transfer of common stock  -   -   31,288   -   31,288 
Financing costs paid by related parties via transfer of common stock  -   -   19,130   -   19,130 
Net loss  -   -   -   (584,277)  (584,277)
Balance, January 1, 2018  2,019,976   202   6,227,456   (1,227,638)  5,000,020 
Common shares subject to redemption  (14,409)  (1)  (374,654)  -   (374,655)
Prepaid expenses paid by others on behalf of the Company  -   -   42,000   -   42,000 
Net loss  -   -   -   (31,367)  (31,367)
Balance, December 31, 2018  2,005,567  $201  $5,894,802  $(1,259,005) $4,635,998 

See2019


  Preferred Stock  Common Stock  
Additional
Paid-In
  Retained    
  Shares  Amounts  Shares  Amounts  Capital  Earnings  Total 
                      
Balance as of January 1, 2019  
-
  
$
-
   
3,234,501
  
$
323
  
$
552,630
  
$
4,518,085
  
$
5,071,038
 
                             
Cash distributions to shareholders  
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(486,414
)
  
(486,414
)
                             
Conversion of rights to common shares  
-
   
-
   
419,450
   
42
   
-
   
-
   
42
 
                             
Combination with Peck Electric Co.  
-
   
-
   
1,820,744
   
182
   
(129,324
)
  
-
   
(129,142
)
                             
Shares issued for equity line  
-
   
-
   
81,263
   
8
   
(10,976
)
  
-
   
(10,968
)
                             
Forfeitures  
-
   
-
   
(257,799
)
  
(26
)
  
26
   
-
   
-
 
                             
Net loss  
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(427,795
)
  
(427,795
)
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2019  
-
  
$
-
   
5,298,159
  
$
529
  
$
412,356
  
$
3,603,876
  
$
4,016,761
 
                             
Investment in Green Seed Investors, LLC  
200,000
   
20
   
-
   
-
   
4,999,980
   
-
   
5,000,000
 
                             
Investment in Solar Project Partners, LLC  
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
96,052
   
-
   
96,052
 
                             
Preferred stock dividend  
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(275,556
)
  
(275,556
)
                             
Exercise of warrants  
-
   
-
   
15,109
   
2
   
173,751
   
-
   
173,753
 
                             
Net loss  
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
(4,328
)
  
(4,328
)
                             
Balance as of, December 31, 2020  
200,000
  
$
20
   
5,313,268
  
$
531
  
$
5,682,139
  
$
3,323,992
  
$
9,006,682
 

The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5
statements.

41

Table of ContentsJensyn Acquisition Corp.

iSun, Inc.
(formerly known as The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  For the years ended 
  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017 
       
Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net loss $(31,367) $(584,277)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Expenses paid by related parties via transfer of common stock  -   31,288 
Stock compensation  -   - 
Amortization of deferred financing costs  62,871   46,131 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Changes in prepaid insurance and other  (3,658)  22,654 
Interest income on cash and investments held in trust account  (228,888)  (216,657)
Changes in accounts payable and accrued expenses  127,571   301,273 
Net cash used in operating activities  (73,471)  (399,588)
         
Cash flows from investing activities:        
Interest income on cash and investments held in trust account  228,888   216,657 
Net cash provided by investing activities  228,888   216,657 
         
Cash flows from financing activities:        
Proceeds from note payable - stockholders and affiliates  456,800   809,100 
Payments for share redemption  (33,507,642)  - 
Payments for deferred financing costs  (16,870)  (26,000)
Principal payments on short-term loan  -   (30,210)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  (33,067,712)  752,890 
         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash  (32,912,295)  569,959 
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year  41,044,819   40,474,860 
Cash and restricted cash at end of year $8,132,524  $41,044,819 
         
Non-cash financing transactions:        
Prepaid expenses paid by others on behalf of the Company $42,000  $- 
Proceeds from Company’s public offering recorded as common shares subject to possible redemption  (374,655)  (533,864)
Deferred financing costs in accounts payable  -   63,872 
Financing costs paid by related parties via transfer of common stock  -   19,130 
Loan for prepaid insurance  -   30,210 
         
Supplemental disclosures:        
Interest paid  2,563   718 

See

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

  2020  2019 
Cash flows from operating activities      
Net loss 
$
(4,328
)
 
$
(427,795
)
         
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:        
Depreciation  
585,690
   
621,233
 
Bad debt expense  
164,292
   
69,000
 
Gain on forgiveness of PPP loan  
(1,496,468
)
  
-
 
Deferred finance charge amortization  
3,073
   
1,544
 
(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes  
(487,923
)
  
1,098,481
 
         
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Accounts receivable  
914,356
   
(5,309,192
)
Prepaid expenses  
(13,637
)
  
(201,326
)
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings  
(82,230
)
  
(553,388
)
Accounts payable  
(188,344
)
  
2,778,732
 
Accrued expenses  
52,810
   
(117,249
)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts  
1,014,099
   
(54,601
)
Accrued losses on contract in progress  
-
   
(9,128
)
Deferred compensation  
(25,576
)
  
(27,005
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  
435,814
   
(2,130,694
)
         
Cash flows from investing activities:        
Purchase of equipment  
(8,121
)
  
(39,612
)
Cash surrender value – life insurance  
-
   
224,530
 
Investment costs  
-
   
(129,142
)
Investment in captive insurance  
(57,230
)
  
(60,052
)
Net cash used in investing activities  
(65,351
)
  
(4,276
)
         
Cash flows from financing activities:        
Proceeds from line of credit  
18,080,985
   
13,927,654
 
Payments of line of credit  
(18,783,899
)
  
(11,715,137
)
Proceeds from long-term debt  
-
   
9,338
 
Deferred finance charges  
-
   
(21,547
)
Payments of long-term debt  
(416,143
)
  
(347,356
)
Due to stockholders  
(318,403
)
  
295,299
 
Proceeds from PPP loan  
1,496,468
   
-
 
Proceeds from warrant exercise  
173,753
   
-
 
Equity line issuance costs  
-
   
(10,968
)
Stockholder distributions paid  
-
   
(219,600
)
Net cash provided by financing activities  
232,761
   
1,917,683
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash  
603,224
   
(217,287
)
Cash, beginning of year  
95,930
   
313,217
 
Cash, end of year 
$
699,154
  
$
95,930
 
         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information        
         
Cash paid during the year for:        
Interest 
$
293,751
  
$
244,068
 
Income taxes  
750
   
5,859
 
         
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:        
Shares of Preferred Stock issued for investment 
$
5,000,000
  
$
-
 
Warrants issued for investment 
$
96,052
  
$
-
 
Preferred dividends satisfied with distribution from investment 
$
275,556
  
$
-
 
Vehicles purchased and financed 
$
30,658
  
$
126,793
 
Shares of Common Stock issued for equity line, at par 
$
-
  
$
8
 
Accrued S corporation distributions which have not been paid 
$
-
  
$
266,814
 

The accompanying notes toare an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

statements.

iSUN, INC.
(formerly known as The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.)
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

F-61.SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


a)Organization

Jensyn Acquisition Corp.

Notes

iSun, Inc.(formerly known as The Peck Holdings, Inc.) is a solar engineering, construction and procurement contractor for commercial and industrial customers across the Northeastern United States. The Company also provides electrical contracting services and data and communication services. The work is performed under fixed-price and modified fixed-price contracts and time and materials contracts. The Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware and has its corporate headquarters in Williston, Vermont.

Effective January 19, 2021, the Company changed its corporate name from The Peck Company Holdings, Inc. to Financial Statements

Note 1 — OrganizationiSun, Inc. (the “Name Change”). The Name Change was affected through a parent/subsidiary short-form merger of iSun, Inc., our wholly-owned Delaware subsidiary formed solely for the purpose of the name change, with and Significant Accounting Policies

into us. We were the surviving entity. To effectuate the short-form merger, we filed a Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 19, 2021. The merger became effective on January 19, 2021 with the State of Delaware and, for purposes of the quotation of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”), effective at the open of the market on January 20, 2021.


On February 26, 2019, Peck Electric Co., a privately-held company, entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jensyn Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”(“Jensyn”) was incorporated in Delaware on October 8, 2014 as, a “blank check”publicly-held company whose primary business objective iswas to acquire, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination (the “Reverse Merger and Recapitalization”), with one or more operatingtarget businesses (a “Business Combination”special purpose acquisition company or “SPAC”).

At December 31, 2018, On June 20, 2019, with the Company had not yet commenced any meaningful operations. All activity through December 31, 2018 relatesapproval of the stockholders of each of Peck Electric Co. and Jensyn, the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization was completed. In connection with the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, Jensyn issued 3,234,501 shares of Jensyn’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), to the Company’s formation,stockholders of the initial public offering (“Public Offering”Peck Electric Co. in exchange for all of the equity securities of Peck Electric Co., and Peck Electric Co. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jensyn. While Jensyn was the surviving legal entity, iSun, Inc. (formerly known as The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.) described below (See Note 2), general corporate matterswas deemed the acquiring entity for accounting purposes. Concurrent with the completion of the Reverse Merger and identifyingRecapitalization, Jensyn changed its name from “Jensyn Acquisition Corp.” to “The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.” Unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” “our,” “iSun” and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates. The Company has selected December 31the “Company” refer to the combined company.


As a SPAC Jensyn had substantially no business operations prior to June 20, 2019. For financial accounting and reporting purposes the Exchange Agreement was accounted for as its fiscal year-end.

The registration statementa “reverse recapitalization” in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Jensyn was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on Peck Electric Co shareholders having a majority of the voting power of the combined company, Peck Electric Co. comprising the ongoing operations of the combined entity, Peck Electric Co. comprising a majority of the governing body of the combined company, and Peck Electric Co.’s senior management comprising the senior management of the combined company. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Exchange Agreement was treated as the equivalent of the Peck Electric Co. issuing stock for the Company’s Public Offering was declared effectivenet assets and equity of Jensyn, consisting of $0 assets, accompanied by the United States Securities anda recapitalization (referred to as “the Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 2, 2016 (the “Registration Statement”Agreement”). The Company intendsnet assets of Jensyn were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to financethe Exchange Agreement are those of Peck Electric Co.


Prior to June 20, 2019, Peck Electric Co. was a Business Combination with proceeds from the $39,000,000 Public Offering“pass-through” (S-corporation) entity for income tax purposes and a $2,945,000 private placement (See Note 2). Upon the closinghad no material income tax accounting reflected in its financial statements for financial reporting purposes since taxable income and deductions were “passed through” to Peck Electric Co.’s stockholders. As of the Public Offering and the private placement, $40,365,000 was held in a trust account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee (the “Trust Account”) as discussed below.

$40,365,000 was initially placed in the Trust Account in the United States at JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee. The funds held in the Trust Account will be invested only in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries, so that the Company is not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account that may be released to the Company to pay income or other tax obligations, the proceeds will not be released from the Trust Account until the earlierdate of the completion of the initialExchange Agreement, Peck Electric effectively became a C-Corporation, which changed the level of taxation from the stockholders to the Company. The deferred tax assets and liabilities that arise out of the change of tax status have been recorded to account for the temporary differences that existed on the date of the resulting in a deferred tax liability of $1,506,362. The financial statements of the Company now account for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income taxes.


b)Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of iSun, Inc. and its wholly owned operating subsidiary, Peck Electric Co. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation of these entities.

c)Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business CombinationStartups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”). Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

The Company would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which it has more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; the date it qualifies as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by it of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt or December 31, 2021.

d)
Revenue Recognition

The majority of the Company’s revenue arrangements generally consist of a single performance obligation to transfer promised goods or services.

1) Revenue Recognition Policy

Solar Power Systems Sales and Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Services

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of solar power systems, Engineering, Procurement and Construction (“EPC”) services, and other construction type contracts over time, as performance obligations are satisfied, due to the continuous transfer of control to the customer. Construction contracts, such as the sale of a solar power system combined with EPC services, are generally accounted for as a single unit of account (a single performance obligation) and are not segmented between types of services. Our contracts often require significant services to integrate complex activities and equipment into a single deliverable, and are therefore generally accounted for as a single performance obligation, even when delivering multiple distinct services. For such services, the Company recognizes revenue using the cost to cost method, based primarily on contract cost incurred to date compared to total estimated contract cost. The cost to cost method (an input method) is the most faithful depiction of the Company’s performance because it directly measures the value of the services transferred to the customer. Cost of revenue includes an allocation of indirect costs including depreciation and amortization. Subcontractor materials, labor and equipment, are included in revenue and cost of revenue when management believes that the Company is acting as a principal rather than as an agent (i.e., the Company integrates the materials, labor and equipment into the deliverables promised to the customer). Changes to total estimated contract cost or losses, if any, are recognized in the period in which they are determined as assessed at the contract level. Pre-contract costs are expensed as incurred unless they are expected to be recovered from the customer. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had $0 in pre-contract costs classified as a current asset under contract assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Project mobilization costs are generally charged to project costs as incurred when they are an integrated part of the performance obligation being transferred to the client. Customer payments on construction contracts are typically due within 30 to 45 days of billing, depending on the contract. Sales and other taxes the Company collects concurrent with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

For sales of solar power systems in which the Company sells a controlling interest in the project to a customer, revenue is recognized for the consideration received when control of the underlying project is transferred to the customer. Revenue may also be recognized for the sale of a solar power system after it has been completed due to the timing of when a sales contract has been entered into with the customer.

Energy Generation

Revenue from net metering credits is recorded as electricity is generated from the solar arrays and billed to customers (PPA off-taker) at the price rate stated in the applicable power purchase agreement (PPA).

Operation and Maintenance and Other Miscellaneous Services

Revenue for time and materials contracts is recognized as the service is provided.

2) Disaggregation of Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue based on the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations for the years ended December 31:

  2020  2019 
Solar Operations      
Performance obligations satisfied at a point in time 
$
-
  
$
4,220,000
 
Performance obligations satisfied over time 
$
17,354,852
  
$
17,849,945
 
  
$
17,354,852
  
$
22,069,945
 
         
Electric Operations        
Performance obligations satisfied at a point in time 
$
-
  
$
-
 
Performance obligations satisfied over time 
$
2,459,373
  
$
4,962,539
 
  
$
2,459,373
  
$
4,962,539
 
         
Data and Network Operations        
Performance obligations satisfied at a point in time 
$
-
  
$
-
 
Performance obligations satisfied over time 
$
1,237,986
  
$
1,189,085
 
  
$
1,237,986
  
$
1,189,085
 
         
Total        
Performance obligations satisfied at a point in time 
$
-
  
$
4,220,000
 
Performance obligations satisfied over time 
$
21,052,211
  
$
24,001,569
 
Total 
$
21,052,211
  
$
28,221,569
 

3) Variable Consideration

The nature of the Company’s contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including claims and unpriced change orders; award and incentive fees; and liquidated damages and penalties. The Company recognizes revenue for variable consideration when it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. The Company estimates the amount of revenue to be recognized on variable consideration using the expected value (i.e., the sum of a probability-weighted amount) or the redemptionmost likely amount method, whichever is expected to better predict the amount. Factors considered in determining whether revenue associated with claims (including change orders in dispute and unapproved change orders in regard to both scope and price) should be recognized include the following: (a) the contract or other evidence provides a legal basis for the claim, (b) additional costs were caused by circumstances that were unforeseen at the contract date and not the result of 100%deficiencies in the Company’s performance, (c) claim-related costs are identifiable and considered reasonable in view of the outstanding public shares ifwork performed, and (d) evidence supporting the claim is objective and verifiable. If the requirements for recognizing revenue for claims or unapproved change orders are met, revenue is recorded only when the costs associated with the claims or unapproved change orders have been incurred. Back charges to suppliers or subcontractors are recognized as a reduction of cost when it is determined that recovery of such cost is probable and the amounts can be reliably estimated. Disputed back charges are recognized when the same requirements described above for claims accounting have been satisfied.

4) Remaining Performance Obligation

Remaining performance obligations, or backlog, represents the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the remaining obligations that the Company has not completedperformed under its customer contracts. The Company has elected to use the optional exemption in ASC 606-10-50-14, which exempts an entity from such disclosures if a Business Combination in the required time period. The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be used as consideration to pay the sellersperformance obligation is part of a target businesscontract with which thean original expected duration of one year or less.

5) Warranties

The Company completes the initial Business Combinationgenerally provides limited workmanship warranties up to the extent not used to pay converting stockholders. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business. At December 31, 2018, the Trust Account consists of investments in money market funds in one financial institution.

Under the termsfive years for work performed under its construction contracts. The warranty periods typically extend for a limited duration following substantial completion of the Company’s Amendedwork on a project. Historically, warranty claims have not resulted in material costs incurred, and Restated Certificateany estimated costs for warranties are included in the individual contract cost estimates for purposes of Incorporation,accounting for long-term contracts.



e)Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded when invoices are issued and presented on the balance sheet net of the allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance, which was $84,000 at December 31, 2020 and $84,000 at December 31, 2019, is estimated based on historical losses, the existing economic condition, and the financial stability of the Company’s customers. Accounts are written off against the reserve when they are determined to be uncollectible.

f)Project Assets

Project assets primarily consist of costs related to solar power projects that are in various stages of development that are capitalized prior to the completion of the sale of the project, and are actively marketed and intended to be sold. In contrast to contract assets, the Company hadholds a controlling interest in the project itself. These project related costs include costs for land, development, and construction of a PV solar power system. Development costs may include legal, consulting, permitting, transmission upgrade, interconnection, and other similar costs. The Company typically classifies project assets as noncurrent due to the nature of solar power projects (long-lived assets) and the time required to complete all activities to develop, construct, and sell projects, which is typically longer than 12 months. Once the Company enters into a definitive sales agreement, such project assets are classified as current until 18 months fromthe sale is completed and the Company has met all of the criteria to recognize the sale as revenue. Any income generated by a project while it remains within project assets is accounted for as a reduction to the basis in the project. If a project is completed and begins commercial operation prior to the closing of a sales arrangement, the Public Offeringcompleted project will remain in project assets until placed in service. All expenditures related to consummate the initial Business Combination, subjectdevelopment and construction of project assets, whether fully or partially owned, are presented as a component of cash flows from operating activities. Project assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A project is considered commercially viable or recoverable if it is anticipated to its rightbe sold for a profit once it is either fully developed or fully constructed. A partially developed or partially constructed project is considered to extend such period upbe commercially viable or recoverable if the anticipated selling price is higher than the carrying value of the related project assets. The Company examines a number of factors to two times, each by an additional three months (fordetermine if the project is expected to be recoverable, including whether there are any changes in environmental, permitting, market pricing, regulatory, or other conditions that may impact the project. Such changes could cause the costs of the project to increase or the selling price of the project to decrease. If a total of upproject is not considered recoverable, we impair the respective project assets and adjust the carrying value to 24 monthsthe estimated fair value, with the resulting impairment recorded within “Selling, general and administrative” expense.

Project Asset were $0 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

g)Property and Equipment

Property and equipment greater than $1,000 are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes the price paid to complete a Business Combination). The Company’s abilityacquire or construct the assets, required installation costs, and any expenditures that substantially add to the value or substantially extend the time available to consummate the initial Business Combination was conditioned upon the deposit by the initial stockholders or their affiliates or designees into the Trust Account of $200,000 prior to the applicable deadline for each three-month extension. On September 6, 2017, the Company extended the time to complete its initial business combination by three months and an additional $200,000 was deposited into the Trust Account. On December 6, 2017, the Company extended the time to complete its initial business combination by three months and an additional $200,000 was deposited into the Trust Account.

On March 5, 2018, the Company held a special meeting of stockholders at which the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extended the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from March 7, 2018 to June 5, 2018 and an additional $186,704 was deposited into the Trust Account.

On June 4, 2018, the Company held a special meeting of stockholders at which the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extended the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from June 5, 2018 to September 3, 2018 and an additional $104,614 was deposited into the Trust Account.

On August 29, 2018, the Company held a special meeting of stockholders at which the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extended the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from September 3, 2018 to January 3, 2019, and an additional $123,659 was deposited into the Trust Account.

On January 2, 2019, the Company held a special meeting of stockholders at which the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation which extended the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from January 3, 2019 to July 2, 2019.Jensyn Capital, LLC has agreed to contribute $.05 per month for a period of up to six months for each Public Share that was not converted into cash in connection with the January 2, 2019 special meeting of stockholders, thus totaling an additional amount up to $0.30 per share for the six-month period ending July 2, 2019. As of March 20, 2019 an additional $82,497 has been deposited into the Trust Account.

If the Company is unable to consummate the initial Business Combination within the required time period, as the same may be extended, the Company will either seek a further extension or, as promptly as possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of its outstanding public shares for a pro rata portionuseful life of the funds held in the Trust Account, including a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay taxes, and then seek to dissolve and liquidate. However,assets.


The solar arrays represent project assets that the Company may temporarily own and operate after being placed into service. The Company reports solar arrays at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The Company begins depreciation on the solar arrays when they are placed in service.

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Buildings and improvements
39 years
Vehicles
3-5 years
Tools and equipment
3-7 years
Solar arrays
20 years

Total depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $585,690 and $621,233, respectively.

The cost of assets sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of, and the related allowance for depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in operations. The cost of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, while significant renewals or betterments are capitalized.

h)
Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances arise, including consideration of technological obsolescence, that may indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be able to distributerecoverable. These events and changes in circumstances may include a significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset; a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used or in its physical condition; a significant adverse change in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of a long-lived asset; a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of such amounts aslosses or a resultprojection of claimsfuture losses associated with the use of creditors which may take priority overa long-lived asset; or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the claimsend of its public stockholders. Inpreviously estimated useful life. For purposes of recognition and measurement of an impairment loss, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the eventlowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the Company’s dissolutioncash flows of other assets and liquidation,liabilities.

When impairment indicators are present, the public warrants and public rights (See Note 2) will expire and will be worthless.

The Company will consummatecompares undiscounted future cash flows, including the initial Business Combination onlyeventual disposition of the asset group at market value, to the asset group’s carrying value to determine if public stockholders do not exercise conversion rights inthe asset group is recoverable. If the carrying value of the asset group exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures any impairment by comparing the fair value of the asset group to its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined by considering (i) internally developed discounted cash flows for the asset group, (ii) third-party valuations, and/or (iii) information available regarding the current market value for such assets.


If the fair value of an amount that would cause net tangible assetsasset group is determined to be less than $5,000,001 immediately followingits carrying value, an impairment in the business combination. amount of the difference is recorded in the period that the impairment indicator occurs. Estimating future cash flows requires significant judgment, and such projections may vary from the cash flows eventually realized.

The Company will either (1) seek stockholder approvalconsiders a long-lived asset to be abandoned after the Company has ceased use of such asset and they have no intent to use or repurpose the asset in the future. Abandoned long-lived assets are recorded at their salvage value, if any.


i)
Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company develops, constructs, and operates certain solar arrays with land lease agreements that include a requirement for the removal of the initial Business Combinationassets at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed Business Combination, into their pro rata shareend of the aggregate amount then on depositterm of the agreement. The Company recognizes such asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) in the Trust Account (netperiod in which they are incurred based on the present value of taxes payable), or (2) provide Company stockholders withestimated third-party recommissioning costs, and they capitalize the opportunity to sell their sharesassociated asset retirement costs as part of the carrying amount of the related assets. Once an asset is placed into service, the asset retirement cost is subsequently depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. Changes in AROs resulting from the passage of time are recognized as an increase in the carrying amount of the liability and as accretion expense. The AROs were not deemed significant to the financial statements and were therefore, not recorded as a liability at December 31, 2020 and 2019.


j)Concentration and Credit Risks

The Company by means ofoccasionally has cash balances in a tender offer (and thereby avoidsingle financial institution during the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata shareyear in excess of the aggregate amount then on depositFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) limit of up to $250,000 per financial institution. The differences between book and bank balances are outstanding checks and deposits in transit. At December 31, 2020, the Trust Account (netuninsured balances were approximately $422,000.


k)
Income Taxes

Through June 20, 2019 (the date of taxes payable),the completion of the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization) the former Peck Electric had elected to be taxed as an S-Corporation under the Internal Revenue Code and similar codes in each casestates in which the Company was subject to taxation. While this election was in effect, the limitations described herein. The decision asincome (whether distributed or not) was taxed for federal income tax purposes to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the proposed Business Combination or allow stockholders to sell their shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require seeking stockholder approval. Unlike other blank check companies which require stockholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial Business Combinations and related conversions of public sharesformer Peck Electric stockholders. Accordingly, no provision for cash upon consummation of such initial Business Combinations even when a vote is not required by law, the Company will have the flexibility to avoid such stockholder vote and allow stockholders to sell their shares pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. In that case, the Company will file tender offer documents with the SEC that will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial Business Combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules.

The initial per public share redemption or conversion pricefederal income tax was $10.35 per share.required. However, the Company may not be able to distribute such amounts asdid calculate a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of its public stockholders. At September 30, 2017, the per public share redemption or conversion price increased to $10.45 per share as a resultproforma provision. The provision for income taxes for former Peck Electric was primarily for Vermont minimum taxes. As of the $200,000 deposit intodate of the Trust Account relatingcompletion of the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, the Company effectively became a C-Corporation, which changed the level of taxation from the stockholders to the three-month extensionCompany. The deferred tax assets and liabilities that arise out of timethe change of tax status have been recorded to completeaccount for the initial business combination and interest earnedtemporary differences that existed on the Trust Account, net of taxes. At December 6, 2017, the per public share redemption or conversion price increased to $10.52 per share as a resultdate of the $200,000 deposit into the Trust Account relating to the three-month extensionchange resulting in a deferred tax liability of time to complete the initial business combination and interest earned on the Trust Account, net of taxes. At March 5, 2018, the per public share redemption or conversion price increased to $10.63 per share as a result of the $186,704 deposit into the Trust Account relating to the three-month extension of time to complete the initial business combination and interest earned on the Trust Account, net of taxes.In connection with the stockholder vote to extend the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from June 5, 2018 to September 3, 2018, Jensyn Capital, LLC deposited an additional $.126 per share into the Trust Account. This $104,614 deposit increased the funds in the Trust Account to $10.83 per share as of September 30, 2018. In connection with the stockholder vote to extend the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from September 3, 2018 to January 3, 2019, Jensyn Capital, LLC deposited an additional $.168 per share into the Trust Account. This $123,659 deposit increased the funds in the Trust Account to $11.01 per share at December 31, 2018. Jensyn Capital, LLC has agreed to contribute up to $.05 per month for a period of up to six months for each Public Share that was not converted into cash in connection with the January 2, 2019 special meeting of stockholders, thus totaling up to an additional $0.30 per share for the six-month period ending July 2, 2019. This deposit will increase the funds in the Trust Account to approximately $11.31 per share at July 2, 2019.

Liquidity and Going Concern

$1,506,362. At December 31, 2018, the Company had $30,929 in cash outside of the Trust Account2020 and a working capital deficiency of $3,465,597. Further, the Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans.

Management has evaluated the relevant conditions and events to determine if it is probable that the Company would be able to meet its obligations as they become due one year from the issuance of these financial statements and as a result, continue as a going concern. At a special meeting of stockholders held on January 2, 2019, the Company’s stockholders approved an extensiondeferred tax liability was $610,558 and $1,098,481, respectively.


The Company accounts for income taxes under the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from January 3, 2019 to July 2, 2019. If a business combination is not completed by July 2, 2019, the Company will either seek an additional extension of time to complete the initial Business Combination or be dissolvedasset and liquidated. As a result, management believes this raises substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’sliability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which qualify asthose temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The financial instruments under Financialstatements of the Company account for deferred tax assets and liabilities in accordance with Accounting Standards BoardCodification (“FASB”ASC”) ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts reflected740, Income taxes.


The Company also uses a more-likely-than-not measurement for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the balance sheets given their short-term nature.

Usefinancial statements. If the Company were to incur interest and penalties related to income taxes, these would be included in the provision for income taxes. Generally, the three tax years previously filed remain subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities.



l)Sales Tax

The Company’s accounting policy is to exclude state sales tax collected and remitted from revenues and costs of Estimates

sales, respectively.



m)Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of Americaaccounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements.statements and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates their estimates, including those related to inputs used to recognize revenue over time, investments, impairment on investments and valuation of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Securities Held in Trust Account

At


n)Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Prior to June 20, 2019, the Company was defined as a non-public entity for purposes of applying transition guidance related to new or revised accounting standards under GAAP and was required to adopt new or revised accounting standards after the required adoption dates that applied to public companies. Subsequent to June 20, 2019, the Company maintains its emerging growth company status until no later than December 31, 20182021. The Company will maintain the election available to an emerging growth company to use any extended transition period applicable to non-public companies when complying with a new or revised accounting standard. The Company retains its emerging growth status and December 31, 2017,therefore elects to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the assets held inadoption date required for a private company.

In January 2020, the Trust Account were valued at $8,101,595FASB issued ASU No. 2020-01, Investments-Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments-Equity Method and $41,019,387, respectively. DuringJoint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815). This ASU clarifies the year ended December 31, 2018,interaction among accounting standards for equity securities, equity method investments and certain derivatives. We are currently assessing the assets held in the Trust Account were invested in treasury securities and in money market funds held in one financial institution. At December 31, 2018, the assets held in the Trust Account were invested in money market funds held in one financial institution. Due to the short-term natureprovisions of this investment, the fair value approximates the carrying amounts reflected in the balance sheets.

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A—“Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs of $2,696,501, consisting principally of underwriter discounts of $1,950,000 (including approximately $780,000 of which payment is deferred) and $746,501 of private placement fees and professional, printing, filing, regulatory and other costsguidance to determine whether or not its adoption will have been charged to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740 “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expectedan impact of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’son our consolidated financial statements and prescribes a recognition thresholdrelated disclosures. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the provisions of this guidance to determine whether or not its adoption will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements and measurement processrelated disclosures.


In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for financial statement recognitionConvertible Instruments and measurement of a tax position taken or expectedContracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current U.S. GAAP. The ASU removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. The ASU is effective for public companies, excluding entities eligible to be taken in a tax return. Forsmaller reporting companies, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those benefits to be recognized, a tax positionfiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and adoption must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Based onas of the beginning of the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements.annual fiscal year. The Company believes thatis currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its income tax positionsconsolidated financial statements and deductions would be sustainedrelated disclosures.

In September 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-09, Debt (Topic 470). This ASU amends SEC paragraphs pursuant to SEC release No. 33-10762. We are currently assessing the provisions of this guidance to determine whether or not its adoption will have an impact on auditour consolidated financial statements and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material change to its financial position.

The Company’s policyrelated disclosures. This guidance is effective for recording interest and penalties associatedfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 with uncertain tax positions is to record such expense as a componentearly adoption permitted.


In NovemberFebruary 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either operating or financing, with such classifications affecting the pattern of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash”(“ASU 2016-18”), which clarifies the presentation of restricted cash and restricted cash equivalentsexpense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. This standard is effective for the Company’s annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2021. We are currently assessing the provisions of this guidance to determine whether or not its adoption will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842), to provide a one-year deferral of cash flows.the effective dates. We are adopting the deferral and currently assessing the provisions of this guidance to determine whether or not its adoption will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit losses (Topic 326). This new guidance will change how entities account for credit impairment for trade and other receivables, as well as for certain financial assets and other instruments. The update will replace the current incurred loss model with an expected loss model. Under the incurred loss model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized only when an event has occurred (such as a payment delinquency) that causes the entity to believe that a loss is probable (that is has been “incurred”). Under the expected loss model, a loss (or allowance) is recognized upon initial recognitions of the asset that reflects all future events that leads to a loss being realized, regardless of whether it is probable that the future event will occur. The incurred loss model considers past events and conditions, while the expected loss model includes expectations for the future which have yet to occur. ASU 2016-18, restricted cash2018-19 was issued in November 2018 and restricted cash equivalentsexcludes operating leases from the new guidance. The standard will require entities to record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. As an Emerging Growth Company, the standard is effective for the Company’s 2021 annual reporting period and interim periods beginning first quarter of 2022. The Company is evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13 will have on its consolidated financial statements and associated disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740). This ASU reduces the complexity over accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions and amending guidance to improve consistent application of accounting over income taxes. We are included with cashcurrently assessing the provision of this guidance to determine whether or not its adoption will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements and cash equivalents when reconcilingrelated disclosures. The Company is currently evaluating the beginning-of-periodimpact of ASU No. 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

o)Deferred Finance Costs

Deferred financing costs relate to the Company’s debt and end-of-period total amounts shown onequity instruments. Deferred financing costs relating to debt instruments are amortized over the statementsterms of cash flows. We adopted ASU 2016-18the related instrument using the effective interest method. The Company incurred $0 and $21,547 of deferred financing costs during the year ended December 31, 20182020 and 2019, respectively, in connection with a refinance of its revolving line of credit. Amortization expense associated with deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense, totaled $3,073 and $1,544 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Debt financing costs relating to the equity credit line were offset against additional paid in capital as the shares issued were fully earned on a retrospective basis. As a result, net cash usedthe execution of the agreement. The Company incurred $0 and $413,032 of deferred financing costs that was recorded to additional paid in operating activities increased by $1capital for the year ended December 31, 2017. Net2020 and 2019, respectively.

p)Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments include cash providedand cash equivalents, accounts receivable, cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, deferred compensation plan liabilities, accounts payable and other current liabilities, and debt obligations.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or the amount paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value guidance establishes a valuation hierarchy, which requires maximizing the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of inputs that may be used are: (i) Level 1 - quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; (ii) Level 2 - observable market-based inputs or other observable inputs; and (iii) Level 3 - significant unobservable inputs that cannot be corroborated by investing activities increasedobservable market data, which are generally determined using valuation models incorporating management estimates of market participant assumptions. In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement classification is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Management’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using public market prices, quotes from financial institutions and other available information. Due to their short-term maturity, the carrying amounts of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair values. Management believes the carrying values of notes and other receivables, cash collateral deposited with insurance carriers, and outstanding balances on its line of credit and long-term debt approximate their fair values as these amounts are estimated using public market prices, quotes from financial institutions and other available information.

At December 31, 2019, the earnout provision of the Share Exchange was considered a Level 3 measurement. Given that the earnout provision was not met, it is no longer considered a Level 3 investment at December 31, 2020. The Company determined that it was unlikely that the earnout provision would be met, therefore no value was assigned.

q)Debt Extinguishment

Under ASC 470, debt should be derecognized when the debt is extinguished, in accordance with the guidance in ASC 405-20, Liabilities: Extinguishments of Liabilities. Under this guidance, debt is extinguished when the debt is paid, or the debtor is legally released from being the primary obligor by $545,964the creditor. On December 1, 2020, the Company received notification from NBT Bank that the Small Business Administration has approved the forgiveness of the PPP loan in its entirety and as such, the full $1,496,468 has been recognized in the income statement as a gain upon debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 20172020.

r)Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and beginning-of-period cashevaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding the method to allocate resources and restricted cash increased by $41,019,387 and $40,473,422 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

assess performance. The Company accountscurrently has one reportable segment with different product offerings for its common stock subject to possible conversion or redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. Conditionally convertible common stock (including common stock that features conversion rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to conversion upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely withinfinancial reporting purposes, which represents the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity.

All of the common shares sold as part of a Unit in the Public Offering (the “Public Shares”) contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of common shares under the Company’s Liquidation or Tender Offer/Stockholder Approval provisions. core business.


2.EXCHANGE AGREEMENT/REVERSE MERGER AND RECAPITALIZATION

As of December 31, 2018, there were 736,067 Public Shares outstanding. In accordance with ASC 480, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require the security to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and liquidation of all of the entity’s equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of ASC 480. Although the Company did not specify a maximum redemption threshold, its certificate of incorporation provides that the Company will consummate a Business Combination only if the holders of Public Shares do not exercise conversion rights in an amount that would cause the Company’s net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 immediately following the business combination.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock shall be affected by charges against retained earnings.

Accordingly, at December 31, 2018, none of the 2,005,567 common shares outstanding were classified outside of permanent equity at their redemption value since Stockholder’s Equity is less than $5,000,001. The Company expects that as a result of: a) the net tangible assets acquired as part of a Business Combination, (b) Company liabilities converted to equity, (c) new equity capital raised, or a combination thereof, will result in the net tangible assets of the Company being greater than $5,000,001. At December 31, 2017, there were 3,149,524 of the 5,169,500 common shares outstanding classified outside of permanent equity at their redemption value.

Note 2 — The Offering

The Public Offering called for the Company to offer for public sale up to 4,485,000 Units at a proposed offering price of $10.00 per unit. Each unit had a price of $10.00 and consisted of one share of common stock, one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a share of common stock automatically on the consummation of a Business Combination, and one warrant (a “Unit”). Each warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one-half of one share of common stock at a price of $11.50 per full share, subject to certain adjustments. The warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination and 12 months from closing of the Public Offering and will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

On March 7, 2016, the Company closed on the Public Offering and sale of 3,900,000 Units to the public (the “Public Stockholders”) at a price of $10.00 per Unit.

Simultaneous with the closing of the Public Offering, the Company closed on the private placement of 294,500 private units (inclusive of the Public Offering, the “Total Offering”). The private placement included a sale of 275,000 private units to Jensyn Capital, LLC, an entity controlled by insiders, and 19,500 private units to Chardan Capital Markets, LLC (the “Private Units”) (and/or their respective designees) at $10.00 per unit for a total purchase price of $2,945,000. Jensyn Capital, LLC and Chardan Capital Markets, LLC also agreed that if the over-allotment option was exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, they or their designee would purchase from the Company at a price of $10.00 per unit the number of private units (up to a maximum of 38,025 private units) necessary to maintain in the Trust Account described below an amount equal to $10.35 per share of common stock sold to the public in the Public Offering. In April 2016, the underwriter elected not to exercise the over-allotment option.

The Private Units are identical to the Units sold in the Public Offering. However, Jensyn Capital, LLC and its transferees agreed (A) to vote their private shares and any public shares acquired in or after the Public Offering in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within 18 months from the closing of the Public Offering (or 24 months, as applicable), unless the Company provides its public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to pay franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, (C) not to convert any shares (including the private shares) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a stockholder vote to approve the Company’s proposed initial Business Combination (or sell any shares they hold to the Company in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial Business Combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation relating to the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within the requisite time period and (D) that the private shares shall not be entitled to be redeemed for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated. Additionally, the Company’s insiders (and/or their designees) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the Insider Shares describeddiscussed in Note 3 and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the Insider Shares must agree to, each as described above) until the completion of the initial Business Combination.

The Company also granted Chardan Capital Markets, LLC, the representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”), a 45-day option to purchase up to 585,000 Units (over and above the 3,900,000 Units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any. In April 2016, the Representative elected to not exercise this option.

If the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination within the time required by its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (now July 2, 2019) it will redeem 100% of the shares held by Public Stockholders using the funds in the Trust Account described above. In such event, the rights and warrants held by Public Stockholders will expire and be worthless.

The Company paid an underwriting discount of 3.0% of the per Unit offering price to the underwriters at the closing of the Public Offering (approximately $1,170,000), with an additional fee (the “Deferred Discount”) of 2.0% of the gross offering proceeds payable upon the Company’s completion of a Business Combination (approximately $780,000). The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its initial Business Combination.

At the closing of the Public Offering, the Company issued a unit purchase option (“UPO”), for $100, to the Representative to purchase 390,000 Units. The UPO will be exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing1, on the closing of Business Combination and terminating on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Public Offering registration statement at a price per Unit equal to 120% of the offering price of the Units.

The Company accounted for the fair value of the UPO as an expense of the Public Offering resulting in a charge directly to stockholders’ equity. The Company estimated that the fair value of the UPO was approximately $1,033,500 (or $2.65 per unit) using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the UPO was estimated as of the date of grant using the following assumptions: (1) expected volatility of 35%, (2) risk-free interest rate of 1.42%, (3) expected life of five years and (4) zero dividends. The purchase option may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and expires five years from the effective date of the registration statement. The option and the 390,000 units, as well as the 429,000 shares of common stock and 390,000 warrants, and 180,000 shares underlying such warrants, that may be issued upon exercise of the option, have been deemed compensation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and were therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up (subject to specified exceptions) pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA’s Rules, during which time the option could not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative or put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities. Additionally, the option was not transferable during the one-year period (including the foregoing 180-day period) following the effective date of the registration statement except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The option grants to holders one demand right and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the effective date of the registration statement with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. The Company will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price.

Note 3 — Related Party Transactions

At December 31, 2015, the four principal stockholders (the “Principal Shareholders”) of the Company and Jensyn Capital, LLC, an affiliate owned by the Principal Shareholders (collectively, the “Insider Shareholders”), held an aggregate of 1,150,000 shares of common stock (the “Insider Shares”) acquired for an aggregate purchase price of $25,029 or approximately $0.02 per share. During the period from January 1, 2016 to March 31, 2016, the Principal Shareholders forfeited 28,750 shares of common stock and agreed to transfer an aggregate of 136,864 shares to Directors, Jensyn Capital, LLC (an entity owned by the Principal Shareholders) and other transferees (all Permitted Transferees as defined in the Registration Statement). In addition, the Insider Shareholders forfeited an additional 146,250 shares in April 2016, since the underwriter’s over-allotment option was not exercised, and transferred an aggregate of 4,000 shares to a Director in December 2016.

The Insider Shares are identical to the shares of common stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering. However, the Insider Shareholders and their transferees have agreed (A) to vote their Insider Shares and any public shares acquired in or after the Public Offering in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its shares held by Public Stockholders if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within the requisite time period, unless it provides Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to pay franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, (C) not to convert any shares (including the Insider Shares) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a stockholder vote to approve the proposed initial Business Combination or a vote to amend the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the substance or timing of Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its shares held by Public Shareholders if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within the requisite time period and (D) that the Insider Shares shall not be entitled to be redeemed for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated. Additionally, the Insider Shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Insider Shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until, with respect to 50% of the Insider Shares, the earlier of six months after the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20-trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the initial Business Combination and, with respect to the remaining 50% of the Insider Shares, six months after the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination.

The Company issued unsecured promissory notes to the Principal Shareholders for amounts lent or to be lent to the Company up to $425,000 each. The notes are non-interest bearing and payable no later than the date of the consummation of an initial Business Combination. It is not practicable to disclose the fair value of the Notes because they are with related parties. A total of $1,295,220 and $1,048,420 was outstanding to the Principal Shareholders at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The Company owed $760,000 and $550,000 to Jensyn Capital, LLC, an affiliated company owned by the same stockholders at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The Company also owed $1,000 advanced by an affiliated company owned by the same stockholders at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

In March 2017, each of the Principal Shareholders executed a guaranty of funding pursuant to which the Principal Shareholders agreed to fund requests for funding approved by the Company’s Board of Directors under the promissory notes issued to the Principal Shareholders, subject to a maximum amount of $325,000 through October 1, 2017, $375,000 from October 2, 2017 through January 1, 2018 and $425,000 from January 2, 2018 until the latter of April 1, 2018 or the consummation of the business combination. In September 2017, the Company released Rebecca Irish, a Principal Shareholder, from her guaranty in connection with her resignation as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company and her agreement to transfer shares of the Company’s Common Stock to two individuals. These individuals have executed guarantees of funding to replace the guaranty previously executed by Ms. Irish.

The Company has entered into an agreement with an entity owned by the Company’s Principal Shareholders, Jensyn Integration Services, LLC (“JIS”), for office space, utilities and certain office and administrative services. This agreement commenced on the date that the Company’s securities were first listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and expires when the Company consummates a Business Combination. Such office space, as well as utilities and administrative services, will be made available to the Company as may be required by the Company from time to time. The Company has agreed to pay an aggregate of $10,000 per month for such services. The Company may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by its Audit Committee that it lacks sufficient funds held outside of the Trust Account to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination. The Audit Committee has determined to defer the payment of $300,000 of the monthly fee. For the year ended December 31, 2018, $40,000 has been paid to JIS under this agreement. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company has accrued, but not paid, $300,000 and $220,000 relating to this agreement, respectively.

The holders of the Company’s Insider Shares issued and outstanding, as well as the holders of the private units (and underlying securities) and any shares the Company’s insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates that may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to the Company, are entitled to registration rights. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that the Company register such securities. The holders of the majority of the Insider Shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these shares of common stock are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the private units or shares issued in payment of working capital loans made to the Company can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after consummation of a Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Principal Shareholders agreed to transfer 37,000 shares of the Company’s common stock owned by them to directors and others in lieu of payment for services. As a result, for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized an expense of $0 and $31,288, respectively.

Jensyn Capital, LLC purchased an aggregate of 275,000 Private Units, at $10.00 per unit for a total purchase price of $2,750,000 on March 7, 2016 (See Note 2).

In September 2017, Jensyn Capital, LLC deposited $200,000 into the Trust Account to fund the three-month extension of the period during which the Company is required to complete its initial business combination. In connection with this transaction, the Company issued to Jensyn Capital, LLC an unsecured note in the principal amount of $200,000 which bears interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum and is due upon completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

In December 2017, Jensyn Capital, LLC deposited $200,000 into the Trust Account to fund an additional three-month extension of the period during which the Company is required to complete its initial business combination and advanced an additional $150,000 to fund Jensyn expenses. In connection with these transactions, the Company issued to Jensyn Capital, LLC an unsecured note in the principal amount of $350,000 which bears interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum and is due upon completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

In March 2018, Jensyn Capital, LLC deposited $180,000 into the Trust Account to fund the three-month extension of the period during which the Company is required to complete its initial business combination. In connection with this transaction, the Company issued to Jensyn Capital, LLC an unsecured note in the principal amount of $180,000 which bears interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum and is due upon completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

In December 2017, the Company agreed to reimburse Jensyn Capital, LLC for up to approximately $90,000 of its out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with securing additional financing necessary to fund the amounts to be deposited into the Trust Account for the three-month extensions. For the September 2017 and December 2017 loans, these costs were $41,502 and $48,370, respectively. The Company paid $16,870 and $26,000 of these costs during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and $47,002 and $63,872 was included in accounts payable at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, certain Principal Shareholders agreed to transfer 1,913 shares of the Company’s common stock owned by them to a lender to Jensyn Capital, LLC in exchange for facilitating a loan to the Company. As a result, for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized $19,130 as a charge to deferred financing costs and additional paid-in capital.

Jensyn Capital, LLC purchased an aggregate of 275,000 Private Units, at $10.00 per unit for a total purchase price of $2,750,000 on March 7, 2016 (See Note 2).

In August 2018, in connection with the stockholder vote to extend the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from June 5, 2018 to September 3, 2018, the Company deposited into the Trust Account an additional $104,614 ($.126 per share).

In November and December 2018, in connection with the stockholder vote to extend the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from September 3, 2018 to January 3,20, 2019, the Company deposited intoconsummated the Trust Account a total of an additional $123,659 ($.168 per share).

In June 2018, Jensyn Capital, LLC loaned the Company $30,000. The loan is represented by a non-interest bearing promissory note that becomes due upon the completion of the Company’s initial business combination.

Note 4 — Income Taxes

As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “TCJA”), the Company has revalued its deferred tax assets based on the new federal tax rate of 21%.

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively:

  2018  2017 
       
Net operating loss carry forwards $333,636  $325,324 
Total deferred tax assets  333,636   325,324 
Less: Valuation allowance  (333,636)  (325,324)
Net deferred tax assets $  $ 

The Company has net operating losses of approximately $1,259,000 that expire through 2038. The ultimate realization of the related deferred tax asset is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, of the Company. Management does not believe that the Company will have sufficient future taxable income to absorb the net operating loss carryovers. Accordingly, management has determined that a full valuation allowance of the deferred tax asset is appropriate at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Internal Revenue Code Section 382 imposes limitations on the use of net operating loss carryovers when the stock ownership of one or more 5% stockholders (stockholders owning 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding capital stock) has increased on a cumulative basis by more than 50 percentage points within a period of two years. Management cannot control the ownership changes occurring as a result of public trading of the Company’s common stock. Accordingly, there is a risk of an ownership change beyond the control of the Company that could trigger a limitation of the use of the loss carryovers.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax ratecombination pursuant to the Company’s effective tax rate forReverse Merger and Recapitalization between Jensyn and Peck Electric Co. The material actions arising from the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 is as follows:

  2018  2017 
       
Tax benefit at federal statutory rate  (21.0)%  (34.0)%
State income tax, net of federal  (5.5)%  (5.0)%
Reduction in deferred tax assets due to tax law changes  -%  26.5%
Change in valuation allowance  26.5%  (12.5)%
Effective income tax rate  %  %

Note 5 – Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company’s accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following:

  At December 31, 2018  At December 31, 2017 
Accounts Payable:        
Vendors $215,544  $213,228 
Principal Shareholders and affiliates  99,171   111,038 
Total accounts payable  314,715   324,266 
         
Accrued Expenses:        
Services agreement with an entity owned by the        
Principal Shareholders, Jensyn Integration Services LLC  300,000   220,000 
Franchise taxes  -   17,508 
Accrued legal expenses  -   38,423 
Accrued interest expense due to affiliate  63,282   7,522 
Other  424   2,000 
Total accrued expenses  363,706   285,453 
         
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses $678,421  $609,719 

Note 6 — Notes and Advances Payable

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company’s notes and advances payable consisted of $2,056,220 and $1,536,549, respectively. The following notes are non-interest bearing (unless otherwise specified) and are due at the completion of the initial business combination.

  December 31, 2018  December 31, 2017 
Amounts due Principal Shareholders $1,295,220  $1,048,420 
Amounts due an affiliate owned by the Principal Shareholders, Jensyn Integration Services, LLC  1,000   1,000 
Amounts due an affiliate owned by the Principal Shareholders, Jensyn Capital, LLC ($730,000 at 8% interest)  760,000   550,000 
Less deferred financing costs  -   (62,871)
Total notes and advances payable, net $2,056,220  $1,536,549 

In September 2017, December 2017, March 2018 and June 2018, the Company issued promissory notes for $200,000, $350,000, $180,000 and $30,000, respectively, to a related party owned by certain Principal Shareholders, Jensyn Capital, LLC. Each of these notes carries an interest rate of 8% with interest and principal due upon completion of the initial Business Combination except for the note issued in June 2018, which is non-interest bearing. The Company also agreed to reimburse Jensyn Capital, LLC for its out-of-pocket costs in connection with the notes. These costs totaled $41,502 and $48,370 for the September and December 2017 loans, respectively, and $0 for the March 2018 loan. In addition, the Principal Shareholders agreed to transfer 1,913 shares of the Company’s common stock owned by them to a Jensyn Capital, LLC lender in connection with obtaining the December 2017 financing. The out-of-pocket costs and the $19,130 value attributable to the shares transferred by the Principal Shareholders are considered deferred financing costs.

Note 7 — Commitments and Contingencies

The Company has entered into an agreement with an entity owned by certain of the Company’s Principal Shareholders for office space, utilities and certain office and administrative services. This agreement commenced on the date that the Company’s securities were first listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market (March 2, 2016) and expires when the Company consummates a Business Combination. Such office space, as well as utilities and administrative services, will be made available to the Company as may be required by the Company from time to time. The Company has agreed to pay an aggregate of $10,000 per month for such services. The Company may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by its Audit Committee that it lacks sufficient funds held outside of the Trust Account to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination.

Note 8 — Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there are no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 15,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2,005,567 and 5,169,500 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding including 0 and 3,149,524 shares subject to redemption, respectively.

In April 2018, a third party (former merger partner) paid $42,000 of prepaid expenses on behalf of the Company. As a result, additional paid-in capital was increased and prepaid expenses were increased by $42,000.

Note 9 — Other Income

On August 15, 2018, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Oneness Global, a Cayman Islands company, and its stockholders. As partare outlined below:


a)Exchange of Shares

Upon the closing of the Exchange Agreement, the Company received $350,000 on August 20, 2018 and $350,000 on November 2, 2018 to fund the Company’s operating costs and recorded this amount as other income.

Note 10 — Subsequent Events

In January 2019, $100,000 deposited in escrow by Oneness Global pursuant to the Exchange Agreement (terminated by the Company in October 2018 due to the breachstockholders of certain representations, warranties and covenants of Oneness Global contained in the Exchange Agreement) to fund Company transaction expenses was released to the Company.

In January 2019, the Company’s stockholders voted to extend the date by which the Company must complete its initial business combination from January 3, 2019 to July 2, 2019. In conjunction with this meeting, certain of the Company’s stockholders elected to redeem 186,085 shares of the Company’s common stock and $2,049,381 (approximately $11.01 per share) was paid to these stockholders from the Trust Account.

On February 26, 2019, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Peck Electric Co, a commercial solar contractor, and its shareholders (the “Peck Stockholders”). The material terms of the Exchange Agreement are summarized below.

Upon the closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, the Peck Stockholders will exchangeCo. exchanged their shares of capital stock in Peck Electric Co. for 3,234,501 shares of the Company’s common stockJensyn’s Common Stock (the “Share Exchange”), representing approximately 59% of Jensyn’s outstanding shares after giving effect to the business combination.Reverse Merger and Recapitalization. As a result of the Share Exchange, Peck Electric will becomebecame a wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

In


Upon the event that Peck Electric’s Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) for the twelve month period commencing on the first dayclosing of the first full calendar quarter followingReverse Merger and Recapitalization and after giving effect to the Closing (the “Earnout Period”) is $5,000,000 or more (the “Adjusted EBITDA Target”) orissuances of Common Stock and the conversion of 4,194,500 rights to purchase Common Stock into 419,450 shares of Common Stock. In addition, 1,819,482 shares of the Company were issued to Jensyn shareholders upon the closing priceof the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization. The Company also redeemed a total of 492,037 shares of its Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s common stock isSecond Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation resulting in a total payment to redeeming stockholders of $5,510,814.

i. warrants exercisable for 2,097,250 shares of Common Stock, consisting of 3,900,000 warrants originally sold as part of units in Jensyn’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) and 294,500 warrants sold as part of the units issued in a private placement simultaneously with the consummation of the Jensyn IPO. Each warrant entitles its holder to purchase one-half of one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share)

ii. warrants exercisable for 195,000 shares of Common Stock, consisting of 390,000 private warrants originally sold as part of Firm Units in the IPO. Each warrant entitled its holder to purchase one-half of one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share).

iii. Purchase option for 390,000 Units was originally sold as part of the IPO. Each Unit has an exercise price of $12.00 or more per share at any time duringUnit and consists of the following:

oOne share of Common Stock
oOne right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a share of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Unit
oOne warrant entitling its holder to purchase one-half of one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per half share ($11.50 per whole share).

b)Earnout

The Exchange Agreement contained a provision that if certain conditions were met by June 30, 2020, the end of the Earnout Period,  (the “Stock Price Target”), then the Company shallwould issue 898,473 shares of the Company’s common stockCommon Stock to the original Peck StockholdersElectric Co. stockholders, issue 11,231 shares of Common Stock to Exit Strategy Partners, LLC, and issue shares of Common Stock to certain of the Principal Stockholdersinitial stockholders of the Company and an advisor a number of shares of the Company’s common stockCommon Stock equal to the number of shares of the Company’s common stockCommon Stock forfeited and canceled by such stockholders to the extent that such shares are used to satisfy Company obligations or to induce investors to make an equity investment in the Company at or prior to the Closing as described below.

By separate agreement, certainbelow under “Issuance of the Principal StockholdersAdditional Shares and Forfeiture of Sponsor Shares.” The Board of Directors of the Company haveestablished a Special Committee of the Board of Directors to determine whether the conditions were met. Based on the findings of the Special Committee, the Board of Directors has determined that the conditions were not met.  Accordingly, no shares were issued pursuant to this provision.


c)Issuance of Additional Shares and Forfeiture of Sponsor Shares

In connection with the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization arising out of the Exchange Agreement, the Company issued 493,299 shares of Common Stock in exchange for the cancellation of approximately $5,618,675 of obligations and, as contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, certain insiders and their transferees agreed to forfeit (i) upand cancel 281,758 shares of Common Stock. As of December 31, 2019, 257,799 shares of Common Stock were forfeited. No new shares will be issued as the earnout provisions of Exchange Agreement were not met by June 30, 2020, the end of the Earnout Period. The remaining 23,959 shares of Common Stock are pending forfeiture and cancellation as of December 31, 2020.

3.EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

The Company entered into an Exchange and Subscription Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) dated April 22, 2020 with GreenSeed Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GSI”), and Solar Project Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“SPP”).

The primary purpose of GSI is to facilitate the green bond platform and provide capital for the acquisition of solar projects by SPP. The investment in GSI provides access to early stage financing to support the Company’s EPC operations while establishing a large pipeline of projects. The investment in SPP provides the Company with the opportunity to retain a long-term ownership in the completed solar projects. As such, the Company recorded the investments as long-term other assets.

Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Company subscribed for 500,000 Units of Class B Preferred Membership units of GSI in exchange for 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at the ClosingSeries A Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”). In addition to the extentinvestment of Preferred Shares by the Company, GSI obtain additional capital contributions which valued the Units at $10.00 per Unit. As the Company acquired 500,000 Units, the market transactions were utilized as a Level 1 fair value instruments in determining the valuation of the investment. As of April 22, 2020, the fair value of the investment in GSI was $5,000,000. Separately, the Company subscribed for and purchased 100,000 Units of SPP in exchange for the issuance by the Company of a Warrant to acquire 275,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the warrants was $96,052. The key assumptions used in the valuation of the warrants were as follows; a) volatility of 71.36%, b) term of 5 years, c) risk free rate of 0.36% and d) a dividend yield of 0%.

The Exchange Agreement provides that as long as the dividend payment on the Preferred Shares in each calendar quarter is equal to the aggregate distribution with respect to the GSI Units, such shares are used to satisfypayments and distributions shall be offset and neither GSI nor the Company obligations or to induce investorsneed to make an equityany cash payments to the other. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company received a return of capital from GSI in the amount of $275,556 which offset the dividends payable in accordance with the operating agreement between the Company and GSI.

The Company granted to GSI the right to repurchase up to 400,000 (in tranches of 50,000) of the Units at a valuation of $10.00 per Unit totaling $4,000,000.

The Company granted to GSI registration rights with respect to the Preferred Shares, the Warrant, and the Common Stock underlying the Warrant.

The GSI and SPP investments are measured at cost, less impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in ordinary transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer. As the Company does not have significant influence over operating or financial policies of GSI and SPP, the cost method of accounting for the investment was determined to be appropriate. Changes in the fair value of the investment are recorded as net appreciation in fair value of investment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At December 31, 2020, the equity investment for GSI and SPP was $4,724,444 and $96,052, respectively. No net appreciation or depreciation in fair value of the investments was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020, as there were no observable price changes.

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
Initial value as of April 22, 2020 
$
5,000,000
  
$
-
 
Return of capital
  
(275,556
)
  
-
 
         
Total 
$
4,724,444
  
$
-
 

4.LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

In 2020, the Company experienced a net operating loss but positive cash flow from operations. At December 31, 2020, the Company had balances of cash of $699,154 working capital of $242,865 and total stockholders’ equity of $9,006,682. To date, the Company has relied predominantly on operating cash flow to fund its operations and borrowings from its credit facilities.

The Company does not expect to continue to incur losses from operations as the net operating loss was a result of the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company’s operations were delayed for approximately six months of the year ended December 31, 2020, which resulted in an overall reduction in revenue.

On January 8, 2021 we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with two institutional investors providing for the issuance and sale by the Company of an aggregate 840,000 shares of our Common Stock in a registered direct offering at a purchase price of $12.50 per Share for gross proceeds of approximately $10.5 million before deducting fees and offering expenses. The Company’s Form S-3 Registration Statement is effective and allows the Company to offer, issue and sell up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate of our shares of Common Stock. After the registered direct offering, the Company has approximately $39.5 million available under the shelf registration.

Under the terms of the equity line of credit, Lincoln Park Capital is required to purchase shares up to a total value of $15,000,000 pursuant to certain terms and conditions. The Company can require the purchase of 50,000 shares of Common Stock under a regular purchase. On the next day following a regular purchase, the Company can require the purchase of an accelerated purchase equal to 200% of the shares sold in the regular purchase as well as an additional accelerated purchase equal to 300% of the shares sold in the regular purchase. The total number of shares authorized under the Purchase Agreement total 3,024,194 which would allow the Company to maximize the equity line of credit within 10 business days.

On various dates from January 1, 2021 through March 12, 2021, certain holders of the Company’s Public Warrants exercised the right to convert the warrants into shares of Common Stock. As of March 12, 2021, a total of 2,598,902 Public Warrants were submitted for exercise resulting in an issuance of 1,299,451 with net proceeds of $14,943,687 being received by the Company. Subsequent to the conversion of the warrants, the Company has approximately $22 million in cash availability.

The Company believes its current cash on hand, proceeds generated from the registered direct offering, the availability under the equity line of credits, the collectability of its accounts receivable and project backlog are sufficient to meet its operating and capital requirements for at least the next twelve months from the date these financial statements are issued.

5.ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable consist of:

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
Accounts receivable - contracts in progress 
$
6,206,760
  
$
7,190,412
 
Accounts receivable - retainage  
93,197
   
188,193
 
   
6,299,957
   
7,378,605
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts  
(84,000
)
  
(84,000
)
         
Total 
$
6,215,957
  
$
7,294,605
 

Bad debt expense was $164,292 and $69,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Contract assets represent revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed, unbilled receivables, and retainage. Unbilled receivables represent an unconditional right to payment subject only to the passage of time, which are reclassified to accounts receivable when they are billed under the terms of the contract. Contract assets were as follows at December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
Costs in excess of billings 
$
216,261
  
$
1,066,159
 
Unbilled receivables, included in costs in excess of billings  
1,138,341
   
206,213
 
   
1,354,602
   
1,272,372
 
Retainage  
93,197
   
188,193
 
  
$
1,447,799
  
$
1,460,565
 

Contract liabilities represent amounts billed to clients in excess of revenue recognized to date, billings in excess of costs, and retainage. The Company anticipates that substantially all incurred cost associated with contract assets as of December 31, 2020 will be billed and collected within one year. Contract liabilities were as follows at December 31, 2020 and 2019:

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
Billings in excess of costs 
$
1,140,125
  
$
126,026
 
         

6.CONTRACTS IN PROGRESS

Information with respect to contracts in progress are as follows:

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
Expenditures to date on uncompleted contracts 
$
7,764,622
  
$
4,699,855
 
Estimated earnings thereon  
2,178,868
   
1,409,060
 
   
9,943,490
   
6,108,915
 
Less billings to date  
(10,867,354
)
  
(5,168,782
)
   
(923,864
)
  
940,133
 
Plus under billings remaining on contracts 100% complete  
1,138,341
   
206,213
 
         
Total 
$
214,477
  
$
1,146,346
 

Included in accompany balance sheets under the following captions:

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings 
$
1,354,602
  
$
1,272,372
 
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts
  
(1,140,125
)
  
(126,026
)
         
  
$
214,477
  
$
1,146,346
 

7.LONG-TERM DEBT

A summary of long-term debt is as follows:

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
NBT Bank, National Association, 4.25% interest rate, secured by all business assets, payable in monthly installments of $5,869 through September 2026, with a balloon payment at maturity. 
$
683,268
  
$
723,230
 
         
NBT Bank, National Association, 4.00% interest rate, secured by all business assets, payable in monthly installments of $12,070 through January 2021.  
12,050
   
153,258
 
         
NBT Bank, National Association, 4.20% interest rate, secured by building, payable in monthly installments of $3,293 through September 2026, with a balloon payment at maturity.  
246,135
   
274,476
 
         
NBT Bank, National Association, 4.15% interest rate, secured by all business assets, payable in monthly installments of $3,677 through April 2026.  
210,475
   
244,920
 
         
NBT Bank, National Association, 4.20% interest rate, secured by all business assets, payable in monthly installments of $5,598 through October 2026, with a balloon payment at maturity.  
426,624
   
474,464
 
         
NBT Bank, National Association, 4.85% interest rate, secured by a piece of equipment, payable in monthly installments of $2,932 including interest, through May 2023.  
80,001
   
110,413
 
         
Various vehicle loans, interest ranging from 0% to 6.99%, total current monthly installments of approximately $8,150, secured by vehicles, with varying terms through September 2025.  
294,799
   
333,510
 
         
National Bank of Middlebury, 3.95% interest rate for the initial 5 years, after which the loan rate will adjust equal to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston 5/10 – year Advance Rate plus 2.75%, loan is subject to a floor rate of 3.95%, secured by solar panels and related equipment, payable in monthly installments of $2,388 including interest, through December 2024.  
73,467
   
98,033
 
         
   
2,026,819
   
2,412,304
 
Less current portion  
(308,394
)
  
(426,254
)
   
1,718,425
   
1,986,050
 
Less debt issuance costs  
(16,930
)
  
(20,003
)
Long-term debt 
$
1,701,495
  
$
1,966,047
 

Maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Year ending December 31: Amount 
    
2021 
$
308,394
 
2022  
305,857
 
2023  
265,765
 
2024  
222,606
 
2025  
209,858
 
Thereafter  
714,339
 
     
  
$
2,026,819
 

Payroll Protection Loan

On April 24, 2020, the Company entered into a Promissory Note with NBT Bank, N.A. as the lender (“Lender”), pursuant to which the Lender agreed to make a loan to the Company under the Payroll Protection Program (“PPP Loan”) offered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) in a principal amount of $1,487,624 pursuant to Title 1 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES”).

The PPP Loan proceeds are available to be used to pay for payroll costs, including salaries, commissions, and similar compensation, group health care benefits, and paid leaves; rent; utilities; and interest on certain other outstanding debt. The amount that will be forgiven will be calculated in part with reference to the Company’s full-time headcount during the 24-week period following the funding of the PPP Loan.

On December 1, 2020, the Company received notification from NBT Bank that the Small Business Administration has approved the forgiveness of the PPP loan in its entirety and as such, the full $1,496,468 has been recognized in the income statement as a gain upon debt extinguishment for the year ended December 31, 2020.

8.LINE OF CREDIT

The Company has a working capital line of credit with NBT Bank with a limit of $6,000,000 and a variable interest rate based on the Wall Street Journal Prime rate, currently 3.25%. The line of credit is payable upon demand and subject to an annual review in September 2021. The balance outstanding was $2,482,127 and $2,675,041 at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively Borrowing is based on 80% of eligible accounts receivable. The line is secured by all business assets and is subject to certain financial covenants. These financial covenants consist of a minimum debt service coverage ratio of 1.20 to 1.00 measured on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2020, the Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants but received a waiver of covenant default from NBT Bank.

The Company had a line of credit with NBT Bank with a limit of $2,000,000 to fund the development of certain solar arrays. The line had a variable interest rate based on the Wall Street Journal Prime rate, which was 4.75%. The maturity date was September 2020 and this line of credit has been closed. There were no borrowings at December 31, 2020 and the balance was $510,100 at December 31, 2019. The line was secured by all business assets and is subject to certain financial covenants.

9.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In 2015, the Company entered into two twenty-five-year non-cancelable lease agreements for land on which they constructed solar arrays. One lease has fixed annual rent of $2,500. The second lease has annual rent of $2,500 with an annual increase of 2%.

In 2017, the Company entered into a twenty-year non-cancelable lease agreement for land on which it constructed solar arrays. The lease has annual rent of $3,500 with an annual increase of 2%.

In 2018, the Company entered into a twenty-year non-cancelable lease agreement for land on which it constructed solar arrays. The lease has annual rent of $26,000.

In 2019, the Company entered into a two-year non-cancelable lease agreement for equipment used in solar installations. The lease has an annual rent of $45,832.

In 2020, the Company entered into a ten year lease agreement for a new headquarters consisting of approximately 6,250 square feet of office space and 6,500 square feet of warehouse. The lease has annual rent of $108,162 with an annual increase of 2%.

The Company leases a vehicle under a non-cancelable operating lease. In addition, the Company occasionally pays rent for storage on a month-to-month basis.

Total rent expense for all of the non-cancelable leases above were $62,021 and $58,605 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company also rents equipment to be used on jobs under varying terms not exceeding one year. Total rent expense under short term rental agreements was $228,667 and $384,536 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments required under all of the non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

Year ending December 31: Amount 
    
2021 
$
162,363
 
2022  
145,561
 
2023  
147,903
 
2024  
150,291
 
2025  
152,310
 
Thereafter  
1,070,016
 
  
$
1,828,444
 

10.EQUITY FINANCINGS

On October 12, 2020, the Company received notification that 30,218 warrants issued in connection with the Company’s (Jensyn Acquisition Corp.) initial public offering were exercised and 15,109 shares of Common Stock were issued in connection with such exercise resulting in cash proceeds to the Company of $173,751.

On September 26, 2019, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC (“Lincoln Park”), pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set further therein, Lincoln Park has committed to purchase an aggregate of $15.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock from time to time at the sole discretion of the Company. (the “Purchase Agreement”) As consideration for entering into the Purchase Agreement, the Company issued to Lincoln Park as a commitment fee (the “Commitment Shares”) 81,263 share of Company Common Stock with a fair value of $4.96. The fair value of the shares issued was recorded to additional paid in capital at December 31, 2019.

11.UNION ASSESSMENTS

The Company employs members of the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local 300 (IBEW). The union fee assessments payable are both withholdings from employees and employer assessments. Union fees are for monthly dues, defined contribution pension, health and welfare funds as part of multi-employer plans. All union assessments are based on the number of hours worked or a percentage of gross wages as stipulated in the agreement with the Union.

The Company has an agreement with the IBEW in respect to rates of pay, hours, benefits, and other employment conditions that expires May 31, 2022. During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred the following union assessments.

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
       
Pension fund 
$
310,023
  
$
374,020
 
Welfare fund  
971,720
   
1,192,831
 
National employees benefit fund  
90,993
   
131,982
 
Joint apprenticeship and training committee  
20,233
   
17,829
 
401(k) matching  
43,998
   
38,521
 
Total 
$
1,436,967
  
$
1,755,183
 

Multiemployer Plans

The Company is party to collective bargaining agreements with unions representing certain of their employees, which require the Company to pay specified wages, provide certain benefits to their union employees and contribute certain amounts to Multi-Employer Pension Plans (“MEPP”). The Pension Plan Agreement (“PPA”) defines the funding rules for defined benefit pension plans and establishes funding classifications for U.S.-registered multiemployer pension plans. Under the PPA, plans are classified into one of the following five categories, based on multiple factors, also referred to as a plan’s “zone status”: Green (safe), Yellow (endangered), Orange (seriously endangered), and Red (critical or critical and declining). Factors included in the determination of a plan’s zone status include: funded percentage, cash flow position and whether the plan is projecting a minimum funding deficiency.

A multiemployer plan that is so underfunded as to be in “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” “critical,” or “critical and declining” status (as determined under the PPA) is required to adopt a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”), which, among other actions, could include decreased benefits and increased employer contributions, which could take the form of a surcharge on benefit contributions. These actions are intended to improve their funding status over a period of years. If a pension fund is in critical status, a participating employer must pay an automatic surcharge in addition to contributions otherwise required under the collective bargaining agreement (“CBA”). With some exceptions, the surcharge is equal to 5% of required contributions for the initial critical year and 10% for each succeeding plan year in which the plan remains in critical status. The surcharge ceases on the effective date of a CBA (or other agreement) that includes contribution and benefit terms consistent with the rehabilitation plan. Certain plans in which the Company participates are in “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” “critical,” or “critical and declining” status. The amount of additional funds, if any, that the Company may be obligated to contribute to these plans in the future cannot be estimated due to the uncertainty of the future levels of work that could be required of the union employees covered by these plans, as well as the required future contribution rates and possible surcharges applicable to these plans.

Details of significant multiemployer pension plans as of and for the periods indicated, based upon information available to the Company from plan administrators as well as publicly available information on the U.S. Department of Labor website, are provided in the following table:

        Contributions        
        
For the Years Ended
December 31,
  Pension Protection Act Zone Status   
Multiemployer Pension Plan 
Employer
Identification
Number
  
Plan
Number
  2020  2019 
Expiration
Date of
 CBA
2020As of2019As of
FIP/RP
Status
Surcharge
National Electrical Benefit Fund
  
53-0181657
   
1
   
90,993
   
131,982
 5/31/2022Green12/31/2020Green12/31/2019NANo

12.PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

In connection with the closing of the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, the Company’s tax status changed from an S-corporation to a C-corporation. As a result, the Company is responsible for Federal and State income taxes and must record deferred tax assets and liabilities for the tax effects of any temporary differences that exist on the date of the change. When push down accounting does not apply as part of a business combination, U.S. GAAP requires the effect of the change in tax status to be recognized in the financial statements and the effect is included in income (loss) from continuing operations. The Company recorded deferred income tax expense and a corresponding deferred tax liability of $1,098,481 as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, of which $1,506,362 was recorded at the time of conversion to a C-corporation (see note 1 (k) income taxes).   For the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company recorded deferred income tax benefit of $487,923 and had a net deferred tax liability of $610,558.

The Reverse Merger and Recapitalization between Jensyn and Peck Electric Co. on June 20, 2019 caused a stock ownership change for purposes of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company recognized tax net operating losses which it expects to fully utilize over time subject to annual limitations as set forth in the Internal Revenue Code.

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 consists of the following:

  2020  2019 
Current      
Federal 
$
-
  
$
-
 
State  
750
   
6,359
 
         
Total Current  
750
   
6,359
 
         
Deferred        
Federal  
(369,705
)
  
751,432
 
State  
(118,218
)
  
347,049
 
         
Total Deferred 
$
(487,923
)
  
1,098,481
 
         
(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes 
$
(487,173
)
 
$
1,104,840
 

The Company’s total deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

  2020  2019 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)      
Accruals and reserves 
$
23,758
  
$
4,157
 
Net operating loss  
812,996
   
421,940
 
Total deferred tax assets  
836,754
   
426,097
 
         
Property and equipment  
(1,447,312
)
  
(1,524,578
)
Total deferred tax liabilities  
(1,447,312
)
  
(1,524,578
)
         
Net deferred tax asset (liabilities) 
$
(610,558
)
 
$
(1,098,481
)

The Company uses a more-likely-than-not measurement for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. There were no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. If the Company were to incur interest and penalties related to income taxes, these would be included in the provision for income taxes, there were none for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively. Generally, the three tax years previously filed remain subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. The Company does not expect a material change in uncertain tax positions to occur within the next 12 months.

Reconciliation between the effective tax on income from operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows:

  2020  2019 
Income tax expense at federal statutory rate 
$
(103,215
)
 
$
142,179
 
Federal taxes on period Company was a flow through entity  
-
   
(220,005
)
Paycheck Protection Program tax exempt loan forgiveness  
(412,295
)
  
-
 
Permanent differences  
44,816
   
2,049
 
Deferred tax expense recorded upon conversion to C-Corp  
-
   
1,134,772
 
Other adjustments  
15,726
   
-
 
State and local taxes net of federal benefit  
(32,205
)
  
45,845
 
Income tax expense 
$
(487,173
)
 
$
1,104,840
 

The Company received a loan under the CARES Act Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) of $1,487,624. Proceeds from the loan were used to cover documented expenses related to payroll, rent and utilities, during the 24-week period, subsequent to the cash being received by the Company, are eligible to be forgiven. The “PPP” loan was forgiven in its entirety and the income is deemed to be non-taxable which  results in the Company’s effective tax rate differing from the statutory rate.

The Company has federal net operating losses of approximately $3,100,000 of which $1,138,000 will expire beginning in 2034, $1,962,000 of the net operating losses do not expire. Net operating losses incurred beginning in 2018 are not subject to expiration under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, but the annual usage is limited to 80% or pre net operating loss taxable income. We believe that it is more likely than not that the tax benefit of these net operating losses will be fully realized, as such no valuation allowance has been recorded. The deferred tax assets for the net operating losses are presented net with deferred tax liabilities, which primarily consist of book and tax depreciation differences.

13.CAPTIVE INSURANCE

The Company and other companies are members of an offshore heterogeneous group captive insurance holding company entitled Navigator Casualty, LTD. (NCL). NCL is located in the Cayman Islands and insures claims relating to workers’ compensation, general liability, and auto liability coverage.

Premiums are developed through the use of an actuarially determined loss forecast. Premiums paid totaled $189,958 and $189,337 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The loss funding, derived from the actuarial forecast, is broken-out into two categories by the actuary known as the “A & B” Funds. The “A” Fund pays for the first $100,000 of any loss and the “B” Fund contributes to the remainder of the loss layer up to $300,000 total per occurrence.

Each shareholder has equal ownership and invests a one-time cash capitalization of $36,000. This is broken out into two categories, $35,900 of redeemable preference shares and $100 for a single common share. Each shareholder represents a single and equal vote on NCL’s Board of Directors.

Summary financial information on NCL as of September 30, 2020 is:

Total assets 
$
96,020,037
 
Total liabilities 
$
46,176,680
 
Comprehensive income 
$
8,820,830
 

NCL’s fiscal year end is September 30, 2020.

  2020  2019 
Investment in NCL      
Capital 
$
36,000
  
$
36,000
 
Cash security  
158,785
   
101,555
 
Investment income in excess of losses (incurred and reserves)  
3,320
   
3,320
 
Total deferred tax assets 
$
198,105
  
$
140,875
 

14.RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In 2014, the minority stockholders of Peck Electric Co., who sold the building that the Company formerly occupied, lent the proceeds to the majority stockholders of Peck Electric Co. who contributed $400,000 of the net proceeds as paid in capital. At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the amount owed of $73,000 and $117,605, respectively, is included in the “due to stockholders” as there is a right to offset.

In May 2018, stockholders of the Company bought out a minority stockholder of Peck Electric Co. The Company advanced $250,000 for the stock purchase which is included in the “due from stockholders”. At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the amounts due of $602,463 and $337,000, respectively, are included in the “due to stockholders” as there is a right to offset.

In 2019, the Company’s majority stockholders lent proceeds to the Company to help with cash flow needs. At December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the amounts owed of $286,964 and $295,299, respectively, are included in the “due to stockholders” as there is a right to offset.

The Company was an S-corporation through June 20, 2019 and as a result, the taxable income of the Company is reported on each stockholder’s tax returns and each stockholder are taxed individually. As a result, the Company has accrued a distribution for taxes of $266,814 at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, to the former stockholders of Peck Electric Co. for the period during which the Company was an S-corporation, which is included in the “due to stockholders” value below.

The amounts below include amounts due to/from stockholders as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

  
December 31,
2020
  
December 31,
2019
 
Due to stockholders consists of unsecured notes to stockholders with interest at the mid-term AFR rate (2.08% at December 31, 2020). 
$
24,315
  
$
342,718
 

15.DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

In 2018, the Company entered into a deferred compensation agreement with a former minority stockholder. The agreement provides for deferred income benefits and is payable over the post-retirement period. The Company accrues the present value of the estimated future benefit payments over the period from the date of the agreement to the retirement date. The minimum commitment for future compensation under the agreement is $155,000, the net present value of which is $91,187. The Company will also pay the former stockholder a solar management fee of 24.5% of the available cash flow from the solar arrays put into service on or before December 31, 2017 over the life of the arrays. The amount is de minimis and therefore not recorded on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and recorded in the statement of operations when incurred.

16.EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period, excluding the effects of any potentially dilutive securities. Diluted EPS gives effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into Common Stock.

As a result of the Merger and Recapitalization, the Company has retrospectively adjusted the weighted average of shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to June 20, 2019 by multiplying such shares by the Closingexchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Common Stock into which they converted.

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
       
Numerator:
      
Net loss
 
$
(4,328
)
 
$
(427,795
)
Net income applicable to preferred shareholders
  
(275,556
)
  
-
 
Net loss available to common stock shareholders
  
(279,884
)
  
(427,795
)
         
Denominator:
        
Weighted average shares outstanding:
        
Basic
  
5,301,471
   
4,447,681
 
Diluted
  
5,301,471
   
4,447,681
 
         
Basic income (loss) per share
  
(0.05
)
  
(0.10
)
Diluted income (loss) per share
  
(0.05
)
  
(0.10
)

The Company has contingent share arrangements and (ii)warrants arising from the Reverse Merger and Recapitalization, Jensyn’s IPO discussed in Note 2 and the Exchange and Subscription Agreement discussed in Note 3. The potential issuance of additional shares of Common Stock from these arrangements were excluded from the diluted EPS calculation because the prevailing market and operating conditions at the present time do not indicate that any additional shares of Common Stock will be issued. These instruments could result in dilution in future periods. As of December 31, 2020, the earnout shares were forfeited. Below is a schedule of the potential share issuances arising from these contingencies that were excluded from the calculations above:

  Years Ended December 31, 
  2020  2019 
       
Earnout provision, includes new shares of Common Stock that may be issued to former Peck Electric Co. shareholders  
-
   
898,473
 
Earnout provision, includes new shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Exit Strategy  
-
   
11,231
 
Earnout provision, including new shares of Common Stock that may be issued to holders of forfeited and canceled shares  
-
   
257,799
 
Option to purchase Common Stock, from Jensyn’s IPO  
429,000
   
429,000
 
Warrants to purchase Common Stock, from Jensyn’s IPO  
2,277,141
   
2,292,250
 
Warrants to purchase Common Stock, from Solar Project Partners, LLC. Exchange and Subscription Agreement  
275,000
   
-
 
Conversion of Preferred Stock to Common Stock from GreenSeed Investors, LLC Exchange and Subscription Agreement  
370,370
   
-
 

17.PREFERRED STOCK

The Company has authorized and designated 200,000 shares of convertible preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”). Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Company subscribed for 500,000 Units of Class B Preferred Membership units of GSI in exchange for 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock ifSeries A Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”). In addition, the Company subscribed for and purchased 100,000 Units of SPP in exchange for the issuance by the Company of a Warrant to acquire 275,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an exercise price of $15.00 per share.

The Exchange Agreement provides that as long as the dividend payment on the Preferred Shares in each calendar quarter is equal to the aggregate distribution with respect to the GSI Units, such payments and distributions shall be offset and neither the Adjusted EBITDA TargetGSI nor the Company need to make any cash payments to the other.

The Company granted to GSI the right to repurchase up to 400,000 (in tranches of 50,000) of the Units at a valuation of $4,000,000.

The Company granted to GSI registration rights with respect to the Preferred Shares, the Warrant, and the Common Stock Price Targetunderlying the Warrant.

The Preferred Stock has the following rights and privileges:

Voting – The holders of the Preferred Stock is achieved duringnot entitled to voting rights.

Conversion – Each share of Preferred Stock, is convertible at the Earnout Period.

Atoption of the time thatholder into 1.85185 shares of Common Stock. The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock automatically convert into Common Stock upon the occurrence of (i) the trading of the shares of Common Stock is equal to or greater than $15.00 per share for any 20 days in a 30 day trading period, or (ii) when there is a change in control and the holder would receive consideration equal to or greater than the preferred liquidation preferences.


Dividends – The holders of the Preferred Stock in preference to the holders of Common Stock, are entitled to receive, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, dividends at the rate of $2.00 per share per annum.

Liquidation – In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or sale or merger of the Company, seeks approvalwhether voluntarily or involuntarily, each holder of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, in preference to the Share Exchange from its stockholders, the Company will offer its public shareholders the opportunity to convert their shares for cash upon the closingholders of the Share Exchange in anCommon Stock, a per-share amount equal to their pro rata sharethe original issue price of $25.00 (as adjusted, as defined), plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

Redemption – The Company may redeem any or all of the funds heldshares at any time by paying in cash $27.50 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends solely at the Company’s option.

18.SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Other than as described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the Trust Account that holdsfinancial statements.
Registered Direct Offering

On January 8, 2021 we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with two institutional investors providing for the remaining proceeds of Jensyn’s initial public offering as provided by its amendedissuance and restated certificate of incorporation.

The closing of the Share Exchange is subject to a number of conditions, including the approval of the Share Exchange by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company’s reasonable satisfaction with the results of its due diligence investigation of Peck Electric, the approval of the Company’s stockholders and the receiptsale by the Company of an opinion from an investment banking firm that the transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company’s stockholders. In addition, the Company and Peck Electric must have combined net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 after the Closing.

The senior management of Peck Electric will replace Jensyn’s existing management team following the closing of the Share Exchange. In addition, it is anticipated that at the time that Jensyn seeks approval of the Share Exchange by its stockholders, Jensyn’s stockholders will be asked to elect a new Board of Directors. The nominees will be three individuals designated by Peck Electric and two individuals designated by the Company.

In March 2019, the Company received a $248,000 loan from Riverside Merchant Partners LLC (“Riverside”) to fund expenses related to the proposed Business Combination with Peck Electric. The loan is represented by an original issue discount promissory note in the principal amount of $265,000 which bears interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum and is due on the earlier of (i) the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, (ii) the termination of the Company’s Share Exchange Agreement with Peck Electric, (iii) the Company’s failure to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a proxy statement with respect to the Peck Electric Business Combination by April 30, 2019, subject to extension if the audit of Peck Electric’s 2018 financial statements is not complete by March 31, 2019 or (iv) June 15, 2019, subject to extension if the Company can demonstrate that a Business Combination is reasonably likely to be consummated prior to July 2, 2019. The note is secured by 115,000aggregate 840,000 shares of our common stock owned by certainCommon Stock in a registered direct offering at a purchase price of $12.50 per Share for gross proceeds of approximately $10.5 million before deducting fees and offering expenses.


Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization

On January 19, 2021, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization with iSun Energy LLC.  iSun Energy LLC  became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Principal ShareholdersCompany. iSun Energy, LLC is a provider of products and their transferees andservices designed to support the Company may elect to satisfy its obligation to payelectric vehicle market. In connection with Merger, Sassoon Peress, the principal amount and accrued interest under the note in cash or by the delivery of these 115,000 shares. These shareholders transferred 25,000sole member, will receive 400,000 shares of the Company’s common stockCommon Stock over five years, 200,000 shares of which were issued at the closing, warrants to Riverside as consideration for making the loan and these shareholders and eachpurchase up 200,000 shares of the Company’s officersCommon Stock, and directors have entered into a voting agreement pursuantup to which they have agreed to vote in favor240,000 shares of the electionCompany’s Common Stock based on certain performance milestones. The Company has issued an aggregate of individuals designated300,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Merger as the provisions of the Warrant with respect to 100,000 shares of Common Stock have been met.

Exercise of Public Warrants

On various dates from January 1, 2021 through March 12, 2021, certain holders of the Company’s Public Warrants exercised the Public Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock. As of March 12, 2021, a total of 2,598,902 Public Warrants were exercised resulting in an issuance of 1,299,451 shares of Common Stock with net proceeds of $14,943,687 being received by Riversidethe Company. At March 12, 2021, the number of Public Warrants available to constituteexercise totaled 1,565,380.

Equity Incentive Program

On February 25, 2021, the Company held a Special Meeting of Stockholders (the “Special Meeting’) to approve the Company’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) The Company had previously provided Notice of the Special Meeting and a Proxy Statement dated February 2, 2021. The plan allows the Company to grant stock awards and options based on certain annual revenue and EBITDA targets. The Company has issued 129,414 shares of Common Stock under the provisions of the Plan.

Conversion of Preferred Shares

On February 22, 2021, the Board of Directors of iSun, Inc. (the “Company”) and the holders of a majority of our Boardthe Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, approved the First Amended and Restated Certificate of Directors if an eventDesignation of default occurs underPreferred Stock of iSun Inc. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “First Amended Certificate of Designation”) that amends and replaces in its entirety the note. If such designees are electedCertificate of Designation of Preferred Stock of iSun Inc. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock dated April 28, 2020. The First Amended Certificate of Designation was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on February 22, 2021.

The First Amended Certificate of Designation designates two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of the Company’s authorized preferred share capital as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A”) and provides for certain preferences to our Boardholders of Directors,Series A. The Series A is convertible on a mandatory basis into shares of the Company’s Common Stock as soon as practicable after the date on which the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock is equal to or greater than $15.00 per share for any twenty (20) days within a thirty (30) days trading window. The Series A conversion rate is 1.851852. Pursuant to the First Amended Certificate of Designation, on February 22, 2021 the Company will be prohibitednotified all holders of the Series A of the mandatory conversion of the Series A. A total of 370,370 shares of Common Stock have been issued pursuant to the conversion.

Exercise of Warrant

On February 9, 2021, the Company issued 117,376 shares of Common Stock in connection with a warrant issued to GreenSeed Investors, LLC. The warrant was exercised on a cashless basis with net shares issued based on the Warrant.

Exercise of the Unit Purchase Option

On January 25, 2021, a certain holder exercised the right to convert 292,500 units into 133,684 shares of Common Stock on a cashless basis.

Stock Redemption

On January 25, 2021, the Company purchased 34,190 shares of Common Stock from completingcertain executives at $19.68, which was the Peck Electric Business Combination.

5-day average of the closing prices for the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market for the five trading days immediately preceding January 22, 2021, for a total of approximately $675,000.


Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure68

None.


Table of ContentsItem 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures


Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the year ended December 31, 2018,2020, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation,Management has determined there is a lack of supervisory review of the financial statement closing process due to limited resources and formal documentation of procedures and controls. This control deficiency constitutes a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer have concluded that during the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective dueeffective. We plan to thetake steps to remedy this material weakness in internal control over financial reporting described below under “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”

with the implementation of an “Internal Control-Integrated Framework”


Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information that is required to be disclosed by us in our Exchange Act reportsreport is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.


Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal controls will prevent all errors or fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Due to the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.

Management’s Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding


Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting or an attestation reportas defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Company’s registered public accounting firm dueTreadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Management previously identified control deficiencies regarding the need for a stronger internal control environment relating to a transition period established by rulesthe financial statement closing process. In 2020, Management took steps to remediate these control deficiencies including implementing revised work in process review procedures, enhanced financial reporting reviews processes, and the retention of additional qualified personnel. Management identified control deficiencies related to segregation of duties and access with the IT environment. Management continues to enhance the internal control environment but has not completed the implementation and testing of the Securitiesnew and Exchange Commission for newly public companies; however, in connection with its audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018, our independent registered public accounting firm identifiedrevised internal controls. Management believes that we had an inadequatethese control procedures and a lack of supervisory review over the closing process. This control deficiencydeficiencies constitutes a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. reporting for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Based upon the criteria established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework” issued by the COSO, management believes that the controls currently in place are not adequate.  As such, a material weakness existed as of December 31, 2020.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than the control improvements discussed in Management’s Report on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer have concluded that during the period covered by this report,Internal Control Over Financial Reporting above, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting was not effective due(as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal fourth quarter ended December 31, 2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to the material weakness inmaterially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. We plan to take steps to remedy this material weakness during 2019 using additional resources from the expected Peck Electric Business Combination.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the fourth fiscal quarter


No Attestation Report by Independent Registered Accountant

The effectiveness of 2018, there were no changes inour internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

NameAgePosition
Jeffrey Raymond60President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
James D. Gardner66Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Philip Politziner78Director
Richard C. Cook71Director
Stewart Martin54Director

Jeffrey J. Raymond has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Director since our inception in October 2014. Mr. Raymond, a Managing Partner of Jensyn Integration Services, LLC, has served as President of Pylon Management, Inc., a company providing consulting services to the staffing industry since 2001, and has served as Chief Executive Officer of Slate Professional Resources, a professional staffing company, as well as Culmin Staffing Group, a performance-based staffing company, since 2009. In 2005, Mr. Raymond founded Accountabilities, Inc., which became a publicly traded staffing company in 2008. In addition, he serves as a consultant/advisor to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a publicly traded staffing company with over $120 million in revenues. Mr. Raymond is well qualified to serve as a director due to his background in analyzing, negotiating and providing consulting services with respect to business combinations, as well as his experience in the staffing industry and in public company governance.

James (J.D.) Gardner, was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in September 2017. From January 2015 until his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, he served as a consultant to our finance and accounting department. From 2010-2015, Mr. Gardner served as a financial and accounting consultant to a number of small businesses and served as Chief Financial Officer and General Partner at OmniCapital Group, a technology-based venture capital fund. Prior to that, Mr. Gardner served as Chief Financial Officer at two small public companies, Visual Management Systems, Inc., a provider of wireless security systems and products (2008-2010) and Amedia Networks, a provider of next generation ultra-broadband switched Ethernet home gateways and home networking solutions for voice video and data services (2005-2008). Mr. Gardner also served as Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer at two private companies, dotPhoto, a private company engaged in on-line photo processing and wireless application development for cellular telephones (2005) and Comstar Interactive, a private company engaged in the wireless credit card processing field (2001 through 2004). Prior to that, Mr. Gardner spent 27 years at BellSouth and AT&T. He held the position of Chief Financial Officer of BellSouth Wireless Data (renamed Cingular Interactive (1999 through November 2001 when he retired from BellSouth), as Chief Financial Officer of BellSouth Mobile Data (1995-1999) and chief financial officer of RAM/BSE Communications L.P. from 1991 through 1995 (all companies involved in the provision of wireless packet data networks and services, principally in the US and Europe). Mr. Gardner also held several other senior executive positions at BellSouth and AT&T in the areas of financial management, domestic and international corporate finance, issuance of debt and equity and the related rating agency and investment banking interfaces, shareholder relations and a number of other treasury, accounting and finance positions.

Philip Politziner has served on our board of directors since the closing of the Public Offering. Mr. Politziner was formerly a Senior Advisor at EisnerAmper LLP, an accounting firm with offices located in New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and California. He co-founded the accounting firm of Amper, Politziner & Mattia in 1965 and served in various capacities, including CEO, until its merger with Eisner LLP in 2010. In 2011, Mr. Politziner was named to the NJ Biz Hall of Fame in recognition of his contributions to the accounting profession and was named to the New Jersey Technology Council’s Hall of Fame as a Titan of Technology for his commitment to technology companies in the region. Mr. Politziner is well qualified to serve as an independent director due to substantial experience in public company accounting, as well as his experience in public company governance.

Richard C Cook has served on our Board of Directors since the closing of the Public Offering. Mr. Cook is the managing and sole member of Lakeview Strategies, LLC, which provides business consulting services for private companies. From April 2009 to April 2011, he served as Executive Chairman of EnteGreat, Inc., a manufacturing consulting company, in connection with providing turn-around consulting services. Mr. Cook was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of MAPICS, Inc., a publicly traded software firm, in July 1997 and served in that capacity until its acquisition in April 2005. Prior thereto, Mr. Cook held various positions with IBM, including Director of the Atlanta Software Development Laboratory, during a 25-year career with the company. He currently serves as a Director of the Technology Executives Roundtable, Lincor Solutions, Inc., a private company which provides patient engagement technology to healthcare providers, and Softwear Automation, a machine vision and robotics start-up. Mr. Cook is well qualified to serve as independent director due to his substantial management experience and experience in public company governance in serving as a Chief Executive Officer of a public company, as well as his background in providing business consulting services and serving as an independent director of seven private companies during the past five years.

Stewart Martin was appointed as member of our Board of Directors in November 2016. He is Executive Vice President, Sales and Producer Development of Marsh & McLennan Agencies – Florida, a subsidiary of Marsh & McLennan Companies. He was previously Senior Vice President and a member of the Board of Directors of Seitlin Insurance and Advisors which was acquired by Marsh & McLennan Agencies, LLC in November 2011.

Special Advisors

We may seek guidance and advice from the following special advisors. We have no formal arrangement or agreement with these advisors to provide services to us and they have no obligation (fiduciary or otherwise) to present business opportunities to us.

These special advisors will provide advice, introductions to potential targets, and assistance to us, at our request, only if they are able to do so. Nevertheless, we believe that with their respective business backgrounds and extensive contacts, these special advisors will be helpful to our search for a target business and our consummation of a Business Combination.

Joseph Raymond is a founder and Managing Partner of Jensyn Integration Services, LLC. Since 1998, he has been a Managing Partner of RVR Consulting Services which provides business advisory services to middle-market companies. In 2002, Mr. Raymond became the President and 50% owner of ASG, Inc., a $3.5 million construction staffing company that he was instrumental in converting within five years to a $150 million performance-based staffing company with 30 offices. ASG, Inc. sold its business to ClearPoint Business Resources in 2007. In 1986, he founded Transworld Services Group, Inc., a strategic staffing company which grew to over $45 million in revenues and 4,000 employees in ten years. In 1996, Transworld Services Group, Inc. was sold to CoreStaff, Inc., a publicly traded company.

Peter Underwood is a founder, Managing Partner and Chief Technology Officer of Jensyn Integration Services, LLC and has over 20 years of software development experience in developing core java trading systems on Wall Street. He developed software the STIR (short term interest rates) and REPO desks at Warburg Dillon Reed. He was the former Senior Vice President, Director of Software Development for Wall Street Access where he developed complex options trading technologies which sold to E-Trade for over $1000 per account. As founder of Jensyn Integration Services, LLC, he grew a managed services division where he ran outsourced clearing technologies for various clearing firms on Wall Street. He was appointed as head architect in ABN AMRO and RBS acquisition (hardware reconciliation), Lord Abbett SMA workflow and Lord Abbett territory commission accounting. He was asked to perform an architectural analysis of T-Zero (a $30 million funded startup by JP Morgan to provide CDS Trading technology). Afterwards, he was asked to repair and run software development for T-Zero and Creditex (Credit Default Swap brokerage), which sold to ICE for $685 million. Further, he assisted in the formation of ICE Link which support ICE Clear Europe and ICE Trust US. One of the principal inventors of the nCino startup (www.ncino.com), Mr. Underwood continues to innovate as the Chief Technology Officer of Live Oak Bank.

Demetrios Mallios is the founder and Manager of the Aeon Funds, a family of special purpose alternative investment funds which he founded in 2012. He is the former Head of Investment Banking and a principal of Corinthian Partners, LLC, a full-service securities firm and investment bank. He has had a diverse career over the past 20 years as a corporate consultant, financial advisor, investment banker, executive and entrepreneur. Previously, he was the Branch Manager of the New York office of Paulson Investment Co. and held various positions with Huading Capital, including Head of Finance & Acquisitions of its affiliate, Blossom Management International, which represented private equity funds in the United States, Hong Kong, and China. He also served as Chief Operating Officer of Ashir Group, headquartered in Beijing, which focused on Chinese small and medium sized enterprises. Prior to Ashir, he was a partner with White Stable Ventures LLC, a San Francisco based private equity firm focused on emerging growth companies. Prior to joining White Stable, Mr. Mallios was Chief Executive Officer of Xnergy Financial Corporation, a Los Angeles based boutique investment bank specializing in small and micro-cap companies.

Brendan Rempel is the Founder of the Alternative Advisory Group, LLC, a corporate consulting and fund management firm. He was the former Partner of Aeon Funds, a family of private equity and alternative investment vehicles and the former President and Co-Founder of a regional Wall Street securities firm and was instrumental in its sale to public company. Brendan has over twenty-five years of institutional sales, investment banking and corporate finance experience. He has vast experience in the structuring and sale of private placements, PIPE’s, IPO’s, M&A and debt transactions. Brendan has worked closely with investment funds, negotiated and structured complex debt and equity transactions on behalf of public and private companies, is a sought after creative financier and business consultant.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors has five members, three of whom are deemed “independent” under SEC and NASDAQ rules. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders and each class serving a three-year term. The term of office of the Class A directors, consisting of Jeffrey J. Raymond, will expire at our 2021 annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the Class B directors, consisting of Stewart Martin, will expire at the 2019 annual meeting. The term of office of the Class C directors, consisting of Philip Politziner and Richard C. Cook, will expire at our 2020 annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial Business Combination.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a chairman of the board, vice chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice president(s), secretary, treasurer and such other officers as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our audit committee of the board of directors consists of Philip Politziner, Richard C. Cook and Stewart Martin, each of whom is an independent director. Mr. Politziner serves as chairman of the audit committee. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;
discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;
discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;
monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;
verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;
reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;
inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;
appointing or replacing the independent auditor;
determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work; and
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and
approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards. The Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, we must certify to Nasdaq that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that Philip Politziner qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Politziner, Cook and Martin. Mr. Politziner serves as chairman of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our President and Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our President and Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our President and Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;
reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;
reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;
implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;
assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;
approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;
producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by law or Nasdaq rules. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. The directors who shall participate in the consideration and recommendation of director nominees are Messrs. Politziner, Cook and Martin. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(1)(A) of the Nasdaq rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our stockholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of stockholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of stockholders). Our stockholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our bylaws.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. We have filed a copy of our Code of Ethics and our audit committee and compensation committee charters as exhibits to the registration statement associated with the Public Offering. You will be able to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers, directors and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors and ten percent stockholders are required by regulation to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file. Based solely on a review of the copies of such forms furnished to us, or written representations that no Forms 5 were required, we believe that, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our officers and directors were complied with.

Conflicts of Interest

Investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.
In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our officers and directors may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company.
Unless we consummate our initial Business Combination, our officers, directors, insiders and sponsor will not receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account.
The Insider Shares beneficially owned by our officers and directors will be released from escrow only if our initial Business Combination is successfully completed. Additionally, if we are unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time frame, our officers and directors will not be entitled to receive any amounts held in the Trust Account with respect to any of their Insider Shares or Private Units. Furthermore, our insiders (and/or their designees) have agreed that the Private Units will not be sold or transferred by them until after we have completed our initial Business Combination. For the foregoing reasons, our board may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effect our initial Business Combination.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;
the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and
it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the doctrine of corporate opportunity will not apply with respect to any of our officers or directors in circumstances where the application of the doctrine would conflict with any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations they may have. We do not believe that any of our officers and directors currently have any pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that will materially undermine our ability to complete a Business Combination. In addition, in order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, our officers and directors (other than our independent directors) have agreed to present to us for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or entity, any suitable opportunity to acquire a target business, until the earlier of the earlier of: (1) our consummation of an initial Business Combination; and (2) 24 months from the date of the prospectus associated with the Public Offering.

The following table summarizes the current pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers, directors and special advisors:

Name of IndividualName of Affiliated CompanyEntity’s BusinessAffiliation
Jeffrey J. Raymond

Jensyn Integration Services, LLC

Pylon Management, Inc.

Slate Professional Resources

Culmin Staffing Group

Management Consulting

Consulting services

Temporary staffing

Temporary staffing

Managing Partner

President

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Executive Officer

Philip PolitzinerEisnerAmper L.L.P.Accounting and audit servicesSenior Advisor
Richard C. CookLakeview Strategies, LLCBusiness consulting servicesManaging Member
Stewart MartinMarsh & McLennan Agencies - FloridaInsurance servicesExecutive Vice President
Joseph Raymond

Jensyn Integration Services, LLC

RVR Consulting Group

Management consulting

Business advisory services

Managing Partner
Managing Partner
Peter UnderwoodJensyn Integration Services, LLCManagement ConsultingManaging Partner
Demetrios MalliosAeon Funds
Aeon Capital, Inc.
Fund management
Securities/Investment Banking
Manager
Manager
Brendan RempelAlternative Advisory Group, LLCFund managementManager

In order to minimize potential conflicts, or the appearance of conflicts, which may arise from the affiliations which certain of our officers and directors have with Jensyn Integration Services, LLC that may consider acquisition opportunities in the information technology consulting and staffing sectors, Jensyn Integration Services, LLC granted us a “right of first refusal” with respect to any opportunity to acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of any company or business in the information technology consulting and staffing sectors whose fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance of the Trust Account (less the deferred underwriter’s fees and taxes payable) at such time, which is the minimum size of a target business for our initial Business Combination. Pursuant to this right of first refusal, we will be entitled to pursue any such potential transaction opportunity unless and until a majority of our independent directors has determined for any reason that we will not pursue such opportunity. If a majority of our independent directors determines that the company will not pursue such opportunity, we will release Jensyn Integration Services, LLC from this right of first refusal so that it can explore such opportunity. This right of first refusal will expire upon the earlier of: (1) our consummation of an initial Business Combination and (2) 24 months from the date of the prospectus associated with the Public Offering.

Our insiders, officers and directors, have agreed to vote any shares of Common Stock held by them in favor of our initial Business Combination. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to receive any amounts held in the Trust Account with respect to their Insider Shares and Private Units if we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination within the required time frame. If they purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market, however, they would be entitled to receive their pro rata share of the amounts held in the Trust Account if we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination within the required time frame, but have agreed not to convert such shares in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate our initial Business Combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or insiders, unless we have obtained (i) an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated stockholders from a financial point of view and (ii) the approval of a majority of our disinterested and independent directors (if we have any at that time). Furthermore, in no event will our insiders or any of the members of our management team be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as set forth in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such indemnification will not extend to any claims our insiders may make to us to cover any loss that they may sustain as a result of their agreement to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us as described in the prospectus associated with the Public Offering.

Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

No executive officer has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the Public Offering through the completion of our initial Business Combination with a target business, we will pay Jensyn Integration Services, LLC, company owned by our insiders, a fee of $10,000 per month for providing us with office space and certain office and secretarial services. However, pursuant to the terms of such agreement, we may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial Business Combination. The audit committee has determined to defer payment of the $10,000 monthly fee. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial Business Combination. Other than the $10,000 per month administrative fee, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees and other similar fees, will be paid to our insiders or any of the members of our management team, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account and the interest income earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial Business Combination.

After our initial Business Combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial Business Combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as required by the SEC.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our shares of common stock, warrants and rights as of March 21, 2019 by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock, warrants and rights;
each of our officers and directors; and
all of our officers and directors as a group.

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner(1)

 Amount of Nature of Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock  Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Shares of Common Stock  Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership of Warrants  Approximate
Percentage
of
Outstanding
Warrants
  Amount
and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
of Rights
  Approximate
Percentage
of
Outstanding
Rights
 
Jeffrey J. Raymond  113,610   

6.7

%            
Philip Politziner  19,000   1.0%(2)            
Richard C. Cook  5,000   (2)            
Stewart Martin  4,000   (2)            
James D. Gardner  2,000   (2)            
All directors and officers as a group (5 individuals)  143,613(3)  7.4%            
Polar Asset Management Partners, Inc.
401 Bay Street, Suite 1900, P.O. Box 19
Toronto Ontario M5H 2Y4, Canada
  327,100(3)  18.0%  327,100(3)  18.6%  327,100(3)  18.6%

Boothbay Absolute Return Strategies L.P.

810 7th Avenue, Suite 615

New York, NY 10019-5818

  150,000(4)  8.2%  465,000(4)  11.1%  465,000(4)  11.1%

New Dimension Trading Ltd.

c/o The Wilfgon Group

One State Street Plaza, 29th Floor

New York, NY 10004(5)

  450,000   24.7%  450,000   11.1%  450,000(5)  11.1%
The K-2 Principal Fund, L.P.
2 Bloom Street West, Suite 801
Toronto, Ontario M4W3E2
  131,868(6)  7.2%            

Glazier Capital, LLC

250 W. 55th Street, Suite 30A

New York, NY 10019

  381,292(7)  21.0%            

(1)Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is 800 West Main Street, Suite 204, Freehold, New Jersey 07728.
(2)Less than one percent (1%).
(3)Represents 327,100 shares held by Polar Multi Strategy Master Fund, a fund for which Polar Asset Management Partners Inc. serves as investment advisor. Information derived from Schedule 13G filed on February 12, 2019.
(4)Represents shares held by Boothbay Absolute Return Strategies LP, which is managed by Boothbay Fund Management, LLC. Ari Glass is the Managing Member of Boothbay Fund Management, LLC. Information derived from Schedule 13G/A filed on February 14, 2019.
(5)Chana Edelstein is a director of New Dimension Trading Ltd. Information derived from Schedule 13G filed on March 14, 2016.
(6)K2 Gen Par L.P. is the general partner and K2 & Associates Investment Management Inc. is the investment manager of The K-2 Principal Fund. Daniel Gosselin is the President of each of K2 Gen Par L.P. and K2 & Associates Management, Inc. Information is derived from Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2019.
(7)Represents 381,292 shares held by funds and managed accounts for which Glazier Capital, LLC serves as investment manager. Paul Glazier is the Managing Member of Glazier Capital, LLC. Information derived from Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2018.

Equity Compensation Plan

As of December 31, 2018, we had no compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which equity securities of the registrant were authorized for issuance.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

In October 2014, our insiders purchased an aggregate of 1,150,000 shares of our Common Stock and in February 2015, Jensyn Capital, LLC, an entity controlled by our insiders, purchased 287,500 shares of our Common Stock at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25,000, or $.02 per share. In November 2015, our insiders forfeited a total of 287,500 shares and in 2016, our insiders forfeited a total of 175,000 shares. Jensyn Capital, LLC has distributed all of the shares it acquired to permitted transferees. As a result our insiders own or control a total of 475,592 Insider Shares. The Insider Shares are identical to the shares of Common Stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering. However, Company’s insiders have agreed (A) to vote their Insider Shares and any public shares acquired in or after the Public Offering in favor of any proposed Business Combination; (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its shares held by Public Stockholders if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within the requisite time period, unless it provides Public Stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Common Stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to pay franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares; (C) not to convert any shares (including the Insider Shares) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a stockholder vote to approve the proposed initial Business Combination or a vote to amend the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the substance or timing of Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its shares held by Public Stockholders if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within the requisite time period; and (D) that the Insider Shares shall not be entitled to be redeemed for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated. Additionally, the Insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Insider Shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until, with respect to 50% of the Insider Shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of Company’s Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of the initial Business Combination and, with respect to the remaining 50% of the Insider Shares, one year after the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination.

Jensyn Capital, LLC, an entity controlled by our insiders, and Chardan (and/or their respective designees) purchased an aggregate of 294,500 Private Units at $10.00 per Private Unit (for a total purchase price of $2,945,000) from us. These purchases took place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of the Public Offering on March 7, 2016.

The Private Units issued in the private placement described above are identical to the Units sold in the Public Offering. However, the holders of Private Units have agreed (A) to vote their Private Shares and any public shares acquired in or after the Public Offering in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its shares held by public stockholders if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within the requisite time period, unless the Company provides its public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Common Stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us for our working capital requirements or to our pay franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, (C) not to convert any shares (including the Private Shares) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a stockholder vote to approve the proposed initial Business Combination or a vote to amend the provisions of Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation relating to the substance or timing of Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its shares held by public stockholders if the Company does not complete its initial Business Combination within the requisite time period and (D) that the Private Shares shall not be entitled to be redeemed for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated. Additionally, insiders (and/or their designees) have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Private Units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the Insider Shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the Insider Shares must agree to, each as described above) until the completion of the initial Business Combination.

In order to meet our working capital needs, our initial stockholders agreed loan us up to $1,700,000 in the aggregate. At December 31, 2018, approximately $1,295,220 of such loans were outstanding, including $320,000 owed to Jeffrey Raymond, $248,000 owed to Rebecca Irish, $306,000 owed to Joseph J. Raymond, $320,000 owed to Peter Underwood, $51,000 owed to Brenden Rempel, $51,000 owed to Demetrios Mallios. In addition at December 31, 2018, $760,000 was owed to Jensyn Capital, LLC and $1,000 was owed to Jensyn Integration Services, LLC. Each loan is evidenced by a promissory note. We plan to repay these loans upon the consummation of our Business Combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the $1,295,220 of loans from our initial stockholders, Jensyn Capital, LLC and Jensyn Integration, LLC outstanding at December 31, 2018, and any other outstanding loans from our insiders, officers and directors or their affiliates, will be repaid only from amounts remaining outside our Trust Account, if any.

In March 2017, our initial stockholders executed a guaranty of funding pursuant to which the initial stockholders agreed to fund requests for funding approved by our board of directors under the promissory notes issued to the initial stockholders, subject to a maximum amount of $325,000 through October 1, 2017, $375,000 from October 2, 2017 through January 1, 2018 and $425,000 from January 2, 2018 through April 1, 2018. In September 2017, we released Rebecca Irish, an initial stockholder, from her guaranty in connection with her resignation as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Jensyn and her agreement to transfer shares of Jensyn Common Stock and her interest in Jensyn Integration Services, LLC and Jensyn Capital, LLC to two of our special advisors, Demetrios Mallios and Brendan Rempel. These individuals have executed guarantees of funding to replace the guaranty previously executed by Ms. Irish.

The holders of our Insider Shares, as well as the holders of the Private Units (and underlying securities) and any shares our insiders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to us, are entitled to registration rights. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the Insider Shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these shares of Common Stock are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the Private Units or shares issued in payment of working capital loans made to us can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of our initial Business Combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Jensyn Capital, LLC, an affiliate owned by our principal stockholders, has loaned to us an aggregate of $760,000 as of December 31, 2018, an aggregate of $400,000 of which was deposited in the Trust Account on September 6, 2017 and December 6, 2017 and approximately $180,000 was deposited in the Trust Account in March 2018 to extend the date by which we must complete a Business Combination. These loans are represented by promissory notes which bear interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum and become due upon the completion of our Business Combination.

In June 2018, Jensyn Capital, LLC loaned us $30,000. The loan is represented by a non-interest bearing promissory note that is due upon the completion of our initial Business Combination.

In December 2017, we agreed to reimburse Jensyn Capital for up to approximately $90,000 of its out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with securing the financing necessary to fund the deposits into Trust Account. We reimbursed $26,000 of these costs during 2017.

Jensyn Integration Services, LLC, a company controlled by Jeffrey Raymond, Joseph J. Raymond, Peter Underwood, Demetrios Mallios and Brendan Rempel,2020 has agreed that, through the earlier of our consummation of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation, it will make available to us certain general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and administrative support, as we may require from time to time. We pay Jensyn Integration Services, LLC $10,000 per month for these services. However, pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial Business Combination. Our audit committee has determined to defer payment of the monthly fee. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial Business Combination. We believe that the fee charged by Jensyn Integration Services, LLC is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person.

We have agreed to pay Chardan a deferred underwriting commission upon the consummation of our initial Business Combination in an amount equal to 2.0% of the total gross proceeds raised in the Public Offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable).

We have sold to Chardan (and/or its designees), for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 390,000 Units exercisable at $12.00 per Unit (or an aggregate exercise price of $4,680,000) commencing on the later of the consummation of a Business Combination and six months from the date of the prospectus associated with the Public Offering. Since the option is not exercisable until the later of the consummation of a Business Combination and six months from the date of the prospectus associated with the Public Offering, and the rights will automatically result in the offering of shares of Common Stock upon consummation of a Business Combination, the option will effectively represent the right to purchase 429,000 shares of Common Stock (which includes the 39,000 shares of Common Stock issuable for the rights included in the Units), and 390,000 Warrants to purchase 195,000 full shares, for $4,680,000.

Other than the fees described above, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to our insiders or any of the members of our management team, for services rendered to us prior to, or in connection with the consummation of our initial Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the Trust Account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial Business Combination.

After our initial Business Combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, board, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial Business Combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as required by the SEC.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested independent directors, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested independent directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

Related Party Policy

Our Code of Ethics requires us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interest, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $100,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5% beneficial owner of our shares of Common Stock, or (c) immediate family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict of interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate our initial Business Combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our insiders, officers or directors unless we have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm and the approval of a majority of our disinterested and independent directors (if we have any at that time) that the Business Combination is fair to our unaffiliated stockholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will our insiders or any of the members of our management team be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial Business Combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that within one year of the listing of our securities on the Nasdaq Capital Market we have at least three independent directors and that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that Philip Politziner, Richard C. Cook, and Stewart Martin would be considered an “independent director” as defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules.

We will only enter into a Business Combination if it is approved by a majority of our independent directors. Additionally, we will only enter into transactions with our officers and directors and their respective affiliates that are on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any related-party transactions must be approved by our audit committee and a majority of disinterested directors.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The firm of CohnReznick LLP (“CohnReznick”) acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid to CohnReznick for services rendered.

Audit Fees

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the aggregate fees billed by CohnReznick for professional services rendered for the audit of the financial statements of the Company, for the reviews of the Company’s quarterly financial statements, as well as work performed in connection with the proposed Business Combination with BAE, were $174,983. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the aggregate fees billed by CohnReznick for professional services rendered for the audit of the financial statements of the Company, for the review of the Company’s quarterly financial statements, as well as work performed in connection with the proposed Business Combination with BAE, were $102,413.

Audit-Related Fees

We did not receive audit-related services that are not reported as audit fees for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Tax Fees

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, our independent registered public accounting firm did not render any tax services to us.

All Other Fees

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no fees billed for services providedbeen audited by our independent registered public accounting firm otherby virtue of our exemption from such requirement as a non-accelerated smaller reporting company.


Item 9B.
Other Information.

On January 5, 2021 iSun, Inc. (formerly known as The Peck Company Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), received a written notice (the “Notice”) from the Listing Qualifications Department of The Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) indicating that the Company was not in compliance with Listing Rule 5620(a) (the “Annual Meeting Rule”), which required the Company to hold an annual meeting of shareholders no later than those set forth above.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

Our audit committee has established a policy governing our useone year after the end of the services our independent registered public accounting firm. UnderCompany’s fiscal year-end for continued listing on the policy, our audit committee is required to pre-approve all auditNASDAQ Capital Market. The Notice was only a notification of deficiency, not of imminent delisting, and non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm in order to ensurehad no current effect on the listing or trading of the Company’s securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market.


The Notice stated that the provisionCompany had 45 calendar days to submit a plan to regain compliance with the Annual Meeting Rule. The Company submitted a plan to regain compliance with the Annual Meeting Rule on February 22, 2021 by Letter dated February 22, 2021 from Merritt & Merritt to Ms. Una Hahn, Listing Analyst. By Letter dated February 23, 2021 to Mr. Jeffrey Peck, CEO of such services does not impair the independent registered public accounting firm’s independence.

Company, Nasdaq granted the Company an extension until May 11, 2021 to regain compliance with the Annual Meeting Rule by the Company holding its 2019 and 2020 Annual Meeting on May 11, 2021, as currently anticipated.


Item 15. ExhibitsPART III

Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information about directors required for item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 11.
Executive Compensation

The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required for this item is incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with our 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

PART IV

Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(1) Financial Statements.

The financial statements required by item 15 are submitted in a separate section of this report, beginning on Page F-1, incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part.


Schedules have been omitted because of this Report

(1) Financial Statements. See “Index to Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8the absence of this Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules. All schedulesconditions under which they are omitted forrequired or because the reason that therequired information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto or that theythereto.


(3) Exhibits.

The following exhibits are not required or are not applicable.

(3) Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the accompanying “Exhibits Index” that follow the signature pages offiled with this report, are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Form 10-K.

(b) Exhibits. Included in Item 15(a)(3) above

(c) Financial Statement Schedules. Included in Item 15(a)(2) above

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 22nd day of March, 2019.

noted:

(a)

JENSYN ACQUISITION CORP.101.INS XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*
Filed herewith.
  
 By:/s/ Jeffrey Raymond(b) Exhibits.
Jeffrey Raymond
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  
 By:/s/ James D. GardnerSee (a)(3) above.
  
James D. Gardner(c) Financial Statement Schedules.
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)See (a)(2) above.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers


NameTitleDate
Exhibit
No.
   Description   
/s/ Jeffrey RaymondIncluded   
Jeffrey RaymondPresident, Chief Executive Officer & DirectorMarch 22, 2019
/s/ James D. Gardner
James D. GardnerChief Financial Officer & TreasurerMarch 22, 2019
/s/ Philip Politziner
Philip PolitzinerDirectorMarch 22, 2019
/s/ Richard C. Cook
Richard C. CookDirectorMarch 22, 2019
/s/ Stewart Martin
Stewart MartinDirectorMarch 22, 2019

Exhibits Index

ExhibitFiling
No.DescriptionIncludedForm  
Filing
Date
         
  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
2.1 
Sales Agreement, dated December 4, 2020, between The Peck Company Holdings, Inc. and A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners
By Reference
S-3
December 4, 2020
Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2019, by and among Jensyn Acquisition Corp., Peck Electric Co. and the stockholders of Peck Electric Co.
By Reference
8-K
March 1, 2019
First Amendment to Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2019, by and among Jensyn Acquisition Corp., Peck Electric Co. and the stockholders of Peck Electric Co.
By Reference
8-K
June 3, 2019
Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of November 3, 2017 among Jensyn Acquisition Corp., BAE Energy Management, LLC, Victor Ferreira and Karen Ferreira.
 
By Reference
 
8-K
 
November 9, 2017
         
2.2  
By Reference
 
10-Q
 
August 20, 2018
         
3.1 Amended
Exchange and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.Subscription Agreement, dated April 22, 2020, among The Peck Company Holdings, Inc., GreenSeed Investors, LLC and Solar Project Partners, LLC
 
By Reference
 
8-K
 March 10, 2016
April 28, 2020
         
3.1(a) Amendment to Amended
Agreement and Restated CertificatePlan of IncorporationMerger, dated March 6, 2018.January 19, 2021, by and among iSun Energy LLC and iSun, Inc. and Peck Mercury, Inc.
 
By Reference
 
8-K
 March 6, 2018
January 25, 2021
         
3.1(b) Amendment to  
By Reference
 
8-K
 June 8, 2018
March 10, 2016
         
3.1(c) 

 
By Reference
 
8-K
 September 4,
March 6, 2018
         
3.1(d)  
By Reference
 
8-K
 January 3, 2019
June 8, 2018
         
3.2 Bylaws.
Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated August 29, 2018.
 
By Reference
 S-1
8-K
 November 23, 2015
September 4, 2018
         
4.1 Specimen Unit Certificate.
Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated January 2, 2019.
 
By Reference
 S-1
8-K
 November 23, 2015
January 3, 2019
         
4.2 Specimen Common 
By Reference
 S-1
8-K
 
April 28, 2020

Bylaws.
By Reference
S-1
November 23, 2015
         
4.3  
By Reference
 
S-1
 
November 23, 2015
         
4.4  
By Reference
 
S-1
 
November 23, 2015
         
4.5 
Specimen Right Certificate.
By Reference
S-1
November 23, 2015
Specimen Warrant Certificate.
By Reference
S-1
November 23, 2015
Promissory Note, dated September 17, 2019, issued to NBT Bank, National Association
By Reference
10-Q
November 18, 2019
Warrant Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
 
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
4.6Unit Purchase Option, dated March 7, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Chardan Capital Markets, LLC.By Reference8-KMarch 10, 2016
         
 
Unit Purchase Option, dated March 7, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Chardan Capital Markets, LLC.
By Reference
8-K
March 10, 2016
Rights Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
 
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.1 
Warrant, dated April 22, 2020, issued by The Peck Company Holdings, Inc. to GreenSeed Investors, LLC
By Reference
8-K
April 28, 2020
Promissory Note, dated March 7, 2017,January 13, 2020, issued by Peck Electric Co. to Insiders.NBT Bank, National Association
 
By Reference
 10-K
8-K
 March 27, 2017
April 28, 2020
         
10.2(a) Letter Agreement, 
By Reference
 
8-K
 March 10, 2016
April 28, 2020
         
10.2(b) Letter 
By Reference
 8-K
10-Q
 March 10, 2016
November 18, 2019
         
10.2(c) Letter 
By Reference
 8-K
10-Q
 March 10, 2016
November 18, 2019
         
10.2(d) Letter Agreement, 
By Reference
 8-K
10-Q
 March 10, 2016
November 18, 2019
         
10.2(e)  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.2(f)  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.2(g)  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016

Letter Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Peter Underwood.
By Reference
8-K
March 10, 2016
         
10.2(h)  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.3 
Letter Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Joseph Anastasio.
By Reference
8-K
March 10, 2016
Letter Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Richard C. Cook.
By Reference
8-K
March 10, 2016
Letter Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Jensyn Capital, LLC.
By Reference
8-K
March 10, 2016
Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated March 2, 2016, between Jensyn Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
 
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.3(a)  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 6, 201810, 2016
         
10.3(b)  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
June 8, 2018
         
10.3(c) 

 
By Reference
 
8-K
 
August 29, 2018
10.3(d) 
Amendment No 4 to Investment Management Trust Agreement dated as of March 2, 2018 between Jensyn Acquisition Corp and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
 
By Reference
 
8-K
 
January 3, 2019
         
10.4  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.5  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016

10.6  
By Reference
 
S-1
 
November 23, 2015
         
10.7  
By Reference
 
S-1
 
November 23, 2015
         
10.8  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.9  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 10, 2016
         
10.10  
By Reference
 
S-1
 
November 23, 2015
         
10.11  
By Reference
 
S-1
 
November 23, 2015
         
10.12  
By Reference
 
10-K
 
March 27, 2017
         
10.13  
By Reference
 
10-K
 
March 27, 2017
         
10.14  
By Reference
 
10-K
 
March 29, 2018
         
10.16  
By Reference
 
10-Q
 
May 21, 2018
         
10.17  
By Reference
 
10-Q
 
August 20, 2018
         
10.18  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 14, 2019
         
10.19  
By Reference
 
8-K
 
March 14, 2019
         
14 Form of Code of Ethics.
Voting Agreement, dated June 20, 2019, between Peck Company Holdings Inc. and Jeffrey Peck
 
By Reference
 S-1
10-K
 November 23, 2015
April 14, 2020
         
31.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Business Loan Agreement, dated January 13, 2020 between Peck Electric Co. and NBT Bank, National Association
 Herewith
By Reference
 
8-K
 
April 28, 2020
         
31.2 
Commercial Guaranty, dated January 13, 2020, issued by Jeffrey Peck to NBT Bank, National Association
By Reference
8-K
April 28, 2020
Lease Agreement, dated December 7, 2020, between Peck Electric Co. and Unsworth Properties, LLC as agent for Meach, LLC, 306 West Indian, LLC, Cooper Two, LLC, Trek Communities, LLC, Masthead, LLC and Stephen and Shona Unsworth
By Reference
8-K
December 10, 2020
Form of Code of Ethics.
By Reference
S-1
November 23, 2015
List of subsidiaries of iSun, Inc.
Herewith
10-K
March 15, 2021
23
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent
Herewith10-KMarch 15, 2021
31.1Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Herewith10-KMarch 15, 2021
31.2
Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 Herewith 10-K March 15, 2021
         
32.1
 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 Herewith 10-K 
32.2Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.Herewith
99.1Form of Audit Committee Charter.By ReferenceS-1November 23, 2015
99.2Form of Compensation Committee Charter.By ReferenceS-1/AFebruary 5, 2016March 15, 2021


Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary.

Not applicable


78